《苦住经》的注释巴利
1. Dukkhavihārasuttavaṇṇanā
28 28. 在《二集》的第一品中,“以二”是数量上的限定。“以法”是指出所限定的法。“以二法”就是两种不善法。“具足”就是相应。“于现法”就是在这一生当中。“苦住”是说在四种威仪中,因为烦恼的苦以及身体的苦和心的苦而住于苦。“有损恼”是说既有心的恼害也有身的恼害,所以有损恼。“有恼”是说既有烦恼的恼乱也有身体的疲惫,因为强烈的劳累而有恼。“有热”是说既有烦恼的热恼也有身体的热恼,所以有热。“身坏”是指舍弃所执取的诸蕴。“死后”是指在紧接着再生取蕴之时。或者,“身坏”是指命根断绝,“死后”是指从死亡之后。“当可预期堕恶趣”是说应当预期必定会投生到称为恶趣的四种悲惨去处中的某一种,意思是必然会发生的。巴利
28. Dukanipātassa paṭhame dvīhīti gaṇanaparicchedo. Dhammehīti paricchinnadhammanidassanaṃ. Dvīhi dhammehīti dvīhi akusaladhammehi. Samannāgatoti yutto. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Dukkhaṃ viharatīti catūsupi iriyāpathesu kilesadukkhena ceva kāyikacetasikadukkhena ca dukkhaṃ viharati. Savighātanti cittūpaghātena ceva kāyūpaghātena ca savighātaṃ. Saupāyāsanti kilesūpāyāsena ceva sarīrakhedena ca balavaāyāsavasena saupāyāsaṃ. Sapariḷāhanti kilesapariḷāhena ceva kāyapariḷāhena ca sapariḷāhaṃ. Kāyassa bhedāti upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā. Paraṃ maraṇāti tadanantaraṃ abhinibbattakkhandhaggahaṇe. Atha vā kāyassa bhedāti jīvitindriyupacchedā. Paraṃ maraṇāti cutito uddhaṃ. Duggati pāṭikaṅkhāti duggatisaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ apāyānaṃ aññatarā gati icchitabbā, avassaṃbhāvinīti attho.
不守护根门,就是没有关闭根门。那么,在哪里不守护根门呢?回答说:“在诸根上。”这是说对以意为第六的六根不加约束。由于在受取和享用食物时不知道适量,所以叫“于食不知量”。也有人读作“以不守护诸根,以于食不知量”。巴利
Aguttadvāroti apihitadvāro. Kattha pana aguttadvāroti āha ‘‘indriyesū’’ti. Tena manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ asaṃvaramāha. Paṭiggahaṇaparibhogavasena bhojane mattaṃ na jānātīti bhojane amattaññū. ‘‘Indriyesu aguttadvāratāya bhojane amattaññutāyā’’tipi paṭhanti.
怎样算是根门不守护,又怎样算是根门守护呢?其实,在眼根上并没有真正的守护或不守护。因为依靠眼净色,并不会生起正念或失念。可是,当色所缘进入眼的范围时,有分心连续生灭两次之后,唯作意界生起并执行转向作用,然后灭去;接着眼识执行看的作用;然后异熟意界执行领受作用;接着异熟无因意识界执行推度作用;再接着唯作无因意识界执行确定作用,生起后灭去;紧接着速行心生起。即便如此,在有分阶段,或在转向等任何一个阶段,都没有守护或不守护。然而在速行的刹那,如果生起破戒、失念、无智、不能忍或懈怠,那就是不守护。虽然如此,这仍被称为“眼门的不守护”。为什么呢?因为当它存在时,门也不守护,有分以及转向等路心也都不守护。好比什么呢?好比一座城的四座城门没有关闭,虽然城内的房屋、门廊、内室等都关得很好,但城里所有的财物仍然得不到保护、无人看守,因为盗贼从城门进来后,想拿什么就能拿走。同样地,当速行心中生起破戒等时,由于这个不守护存在,门也不守护,有分以及转向等路心也都不守护。反之,当速行心中生起戒等时,门也守护,有分以及转向等路心也都守护。好比什么呢?好比城门关闭了,虽然城内的房屋、门廊等没有关,但城里所有的财物仍然得到很好的保护、妥善看守,因为城门一关,盗贼就进不来。同样地,当速行心中生起戒等时,门也守护,有分也守护,转向等路心也守护。因此,即使在速行刹那生起的,也被称为“眼门的守护”。其他门也是同样的道理。应当这样理解根门的守护和不守护。巴利
Kathaṃ indriyesu aguttadvāratā, kathaṃ vā guttadvāratāti? Kiñcāpi hi cakkhundriye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā natthi. Na hi cakkhupasādaṃ nissāya sati vā muṭṭhassaccaṃ vā uppajjati. Apica yadā rūpārammaṇaṃ cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchati, tadā bhavaṅge dvikkhattuṃ uppajjitvā niruddhe kiriyāmanodhātu āvajjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tato cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ, tato vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ, tato vipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu santīraṇakiccaṃ, tato kiriyāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu voṭṭhabbanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tadanantaraṃ javanaṃ javati. Tathāpi neva bhavaṅgasamaye, na āvajjanādīnaṃ aññatarasamaye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā atthi, javanakkhaṇe pana sace dussīlyaṃ vā muṭṭhassaccaṃ vā aññāṇaṃ vā akkhanti vā kosajjaṃ vā uppajjati, asaṃvaro hoti. Evaṃ hontopi so ‘‘cakkhudvāre asaṃvaro’’ti vuccati. Kasmā? Yasmā tasmiṃ sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā nagare catūsu dvāresu asaṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharadvārakoṭṭhakagabbhādayo susaṃvutā tathāpi antonagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ arakkhitaṃ agopitameva hoti. Nagaradvārehi pavisitvā corā yadicchanti, taṃ hareyyuṃ. Evameva javane dussīlyādīsu uppannesu tasmiṃ asaṃvare satidvārampi aguttaṃ hoti, bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Tasmiṃ pana asati javane sīlādīsu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā nagaradvāresu saṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharadvārādayo asaṃvutā, tathāpi antonagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ surakkhitaṃ sugopitameva hoti. Nagaradvāresu hi pihitesu corānaṃ paveso natthi. Evameva javane sīlādīsu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti, bhavaṅgampi, āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Tasmā javanakkhaṇe uppajjamānopi ‘‘cakkhudvāre saṃvaro’’ti vuccati. Sesadvāresupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ indriyesu aguttadvāratā, guttadvāratā ca veditabbā.
那么,怎样才算在饮食上不知量,怎样才算知量呢?如果一个人贪欲很大,接受供养时就不知道限度。贪欲大的人就像卖龟壳的商人,手里拿着装饰品,把本该放在衣兜里的东西也塞进衣兜,当着众人的面大声吆喝:“买这个!买那个!”同样地,他哪怕只有一点点戒行、或多闻、或头陀功德,甚至只是住在树林里这么一点小事,也要在众人知道的情况下加以吹嘘,吹嘘之后,即使有人用车把资具送来,他也不说“够了”,照样接受。因为有三样东西是填不满的:火用柴填不满,大海用水填不满,贪欲大的人用资具填不满。巴利
Kathaṃ pana bhojane amattaññū, kathaṃ vā mattaññūti ? Yo hi puggalo mahiccho hutvā paṭiggahaṇe mattaṃ na jānāti. Mahicchapuggalo hi yathā nāma kacchapuṭavāṇijo piḷandhanabhaṇḍakaṃ hatthena gahetvā ucchaṅgepi pakkhipitabbayuttakaṃ pakkhipitvā mahājanassa passantasseva ‘‘asukaṃ gaṇhatha, asukaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti mukhena ugghoseti, evameva appamattakampi attano sīlaṃ vā ganthaṃ vā dhutaṅgaguṇaṃ vā antamaso araññavāsamattakampi mahājanassa jānantasseva sambhāveti, sambhāvetvā ca pana sakaṭehipi upanīte paccaye ‘‘ala’’nti avatvā paṭiggaṇhāti. Tayo hi pūretuṃ na sakkā aggi upādānena, samuddo udakena, mahiccho paccayehīti –
火堆、大海,还有多欲之人;
就算给再多的生活用品,这三样东西也还是填不满。巴利
‘‘Aggikkhandho samuddo ca, mahiccho cāpi puggalo; Bahuke paccaye dinne, tayopete na pūrayeti’’.
贪心重的人,连亲生母亲的心都抓不住。这样的人,还没得到的利养没办法弄到手,已经得到的利养也会失去。这就是在接受方面不知量。可是,如果有人对如法、公平得来的食物,贪恋、迷醉、沉溺其中,看不到它的过患,没有出离的智慧,就像食手者、衣仅足者、住立回转者、乌鸦摩沙迦、食吐者、婆罗门这些譬喻里的人一样,不按道理、不用正确方法,吃到撑满肚子,然后沉溺在躺得舒服、触得舒服、睡得舒服里过日子。这就叫在受用方面不知量。巴利
Mahicchapuggalo hi vijātamātuyāpi manaṃ gaṇhituṃ na sakkoti. Evarūpo hi anuppannaṃ lābhaṃ na uppādeti, uppannalābhato ca parihāyati. Evaṃ tāva paṭiggahaṇe amattaññū hoti. Yo pana dhammena samena laddhampi āhāraṃ gadhito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño āharahatthakaalaṃsāṭakatatthavaṭṭakakākamāsakabhuttavamitakabrāhmaṇānaṃ aññataro viya ayoniso anupāyena yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ paribhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati. Ayaṃ paribhoge amattaññū nāma.
如果有人这样认为:“即使可施之物很多,施主只想布施少量,那就按施主的意愿取少量;可施之物很少,施主想布施很多,那就按可施之物的限量取少量;可施之物很多,施主也想布施很多,那就先了解自己的承受能力,只取适量。”这是在接受时懂得适量。另外,依照“经过审察,如理地受用食物,不是为了嬉戏,不是为了骄慢”等(《法集论》1355),以及“对所得的团食不贪著、不迷恋、不沉溺,看见过患,具有出离的智慧而受用”等方式,经过省察、以审察的智慧了知之后,在受用食物——也就是以受用和在接受时懂得适量——这方面成为知量者,这就叫“于食知量”。应当如此理解:于食不知量和于食知量就是这样。巴利
Yo pana ‘‘yadipi deyyadhammo bahu hoti, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, dāyakassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo appo, dāyako bahuṃ dātukāmo, deyyadhammassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, attano thāmaṃ ñatvā pamāṇayuttameva gaṇhātī’’ti evaṃ vuttassa paṭiggahaṇe pamāṇajānanassa ceva, ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti, neva davāya, na madāyā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1355) ‘‘laddhañca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatī’’ti ca ādinā nayena vuttassa paccavekkhitvā paṭisaṅkhānapaññāya jānitvā āhāraparibhuñjanasaṅkhātassa paribhoge pamāṇajānanassa ca vasena bhojane mattaññū hoti, ayaṃ bhojane mattaññū nāma. Evaṃ bhojane amattaññutā mattaññutā ca hotīti veditabbaṃ.
在偈颂中,对于“眼”等词:“能看,所以叫眼”,意思是它品尝色,或者像在指示平坦与不平坦。“能听,所以叫耳。”“能嗅,所以叫鼻。”命的因由——食物的味道就是命,它呼唤命,所以叫舌。“可厌之物的来源,所以叫身。”“能思量、能了知,所以叫意。”不过古代论师说:“能测量,所以叫意”,意思是像用管子量、像用大秤称那样了知所缘。这里应当先这样了知词义。巴利
Gāthāsu pana cakkhuntiādīsu cakkhatīti cakkhu, rūpaṃ assādeti, samavisamaṃ ācikkhantaṃ viya hotīti vā attho. Suṇātīti sotaṃ. Ghāyatīti ghānaṃ. Jīvitanimittaṃ āhāraraso jīvitaṃ, taṃ avhāyatīti jivhā. Kucchitānaṃ āyoti kāyo. Manate vijānātīti mano. Porāṇā panāhu munātīti mano, nāḷiyā minamāno viya mahātulāya dhārayamāno viya ca ārammaṇaṃ vijānātīti attho. Evaṃ tāvettha padattho veditabbo.
从实质上看,眼有两种:肉眼和慧眼。其中,慧眼又分五种:佛眼、普眼、智眼、天眼、法眼。这当中,“诸比丘,我以佛眼观察世间而见”——这就是佛眼。“普眼,称为一切知智”——这就是普眼。“眼生起了”——这就是智眼。“诸比丘,我以清净、超乎常人的天眼而见”——这就是天眼。“远离尘垢的法眼生起了”——这就是指下三道所摄的法眼。巴利
Bhāvatthato pana duvidhaṃ cakkhu – maṃsacakkhu ca paññācakkhu ca. Tesu buddhacakkhu, samantacakkhu, ñāṇacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, dhammacakkhūti pañcavidhaṃ paññācakkhu. Tattha ‘‘addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (ma. ni. 1.283) idaṃ buddhacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutaññāṇa’’nti (cūḷava. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32) idaṃ samantacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Cakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 15) idaṃ ñāṇacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.284) idaṃ dibbacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.395; mahāva. 16) idaṃ heṭṭhimamaggattayasaṅkhātaṃ dhammacakkhu nāma.
肉眼也分两种:有聚体的眼和净色眼。其中,那个安住在眼窝里的肉团,下面以眼窝骨为界,上面以眉骨为界,两边以眼睑为界,里面以脑髓为界,外面以睫毛为界。简要来说,就是四种界,加上色、香、味、食素、生起、形态、命根、性色、身净色、眼净色,一共十四种组成成分。详细来说,四种界以及依止于它们的色、香、味、食素、形态、生起,这十种因为四种生起方式而成为四十种;命根、性色、身净色、眼净色这四种则纯粹是业所生起的。这样,依据这四十四种色法,就有四十四种组成成分。世人在认取“白色的、圆形的、肥厚的、铺展的、宽广的眼”时,其实并没有认识到真正的眼,而是认识了眼的所在处。那个安住在眼窝里、由筋络与脑髓系连的肉团,其中有白色、有黑色、有红色,也有地、水、火、风。因为痰偏盛而显白,因为胆汁偏盛而显黑,因为血液偏盛而显红,因为地偏盛而变硬,因为水偏盛而流溢,因为火偏盛而灼热,因为风偏盛而颤动——这叫作有聚体的眼。而依止于此、执著于此、依托四大种而生的净色,则叫作净色眼。这净色眼就作为眼识等的依处和门,相应地生起作用。巴利
Maṃsacakkhupi duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu, pasādacakkhūti. Tattha yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake patiṭṭhito heṭṭhā akkhikūpakaṭṭhikena, upari bhamukaṭṭhikena , ubhato akkhikūṭehi, anto matthaluṅgena, bahiddhā akkhilomehi paricchinno maṃsapiṇḍo, saṅkhepato catasso dhātuyo – vaṇṇo, gandho, raso, ojāsambhavo saṇṭhānaṃ jīvitaṃ bhāvo kāyapasādo cakkhupasādoti cuddasa sambhārā. Vitthārato catasso dhātuyo taṃnissitā vaṇṇagandharasaojāsaṇṭhānasambhavāti imāni dasa catusamuṭṭhānikattā cattālīsaṃ honti, jīvitaṃ bhāvo kāyapasādo cakkhupasādoti cattāri ekantakammasamuṭṭhānevāti imesaṃ catucattālīsāya rūpānaṃ vasena catucattālīsa sambhārā. Yaṃ loke ‘‘setaṃ vaṭṭaṃ puthulaṃ visaṭaṃ vipulaṃ cakkhū’’ti sañjānanto na cakkhuṃ sañjānāti, vatthuṃ cakkhuto sañjānāti, yo maṃsapiṇḍo akkhikūpake patiṭṭhito nhārusuttakena matthaluṅgena ābaddho, yattha setampi atthi kaṇhampi lohitakampi pathavīpi āpopi tejopi vāyopi. Yaṃ semhussadattā setaṃ, pittussadattā kaṇhaṃ, ruhirussadattā lohitakaṃ, pathavussadattā patthaddhaṃ, āpussadattā paggharati, tejussadattā pariḍayhati, vāyussadattā sambhamati, idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yo pana ettha sito ettha paṭibaddho catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya pasādo, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Idañhi cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvena pavattati.
耳等也是如此。耳有两种:天耳和肉耳。这里说的“以清净、超越常人的天耳界,能听到两种声音”,这就叫天耳。而肉耳又分为有聚体的肉耳和净色耳两种,这一切都要按照讲眼时所说的方式来理解,鼻和舌也一样。至于身,则有能动身、所生身、聚集身、净色身等多种。其中:巴利
Sotādīsupi sotaṃ dibbasotaṃ, maṃsasotanti duvidhaṃ. Ettha ‘‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇātī’’ti idaṃ dibbasotaṃ nāma. Maṃsasotaṃ pana sasambhārasotaṃ pasādasotanti duvidhantiādi sabbaṃ cakkhumhi vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, tathā ghānajivhā. Kāyo pana copanakāyo, karajakāyo, samūhakāyo, pasādakāyotiādinā bahuvidho. Tattha –
‘‘Kāyena saṃvutā dhīrā, atho vācāya saṃvutā’’ti. (dha. pa. 234) –
这里说的“能动身”,是指能移动的身体。而“所生身”,就是经里说的“从这个身体变化出另一个身体”的那个身体。至于“聚集身”,则是从识等聚集的角度说为“身”,种类很多。比如“贤友,有这六种识身”等经文里,说的就是识的聚集;“六触身”等经文里,说的是触等的聚集。同样,“身轻安、身轻快性”等,说的是受蕴等的聚集。“于此,有人观地身为无常,观水身、火身、风身、发身、毛身为无常”等经文里,说的是地等(四大和发毛等)的聚集。“以身触到所触”这句,说的是净色身。这里也应当理解为净色身,因为它作为身识等的依处和门,相应地生起作用。至于“意”,虽然一切识都可以称为意,但这里强调的是它作为门的性质,所以应当理解为作为门的伴随转向的有分心。巴利
Ayaṃ copanakāyo nāma. ‘‘Imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminātī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.236; paṭi. ma. 3.14) ayaṃ karajakāyo nāma. Samūhakāyo pana viññāṇādisamūhavasena anekavidho āgato. Tathā hi ‘‘cha ime, āvuso, viññāṇakāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.101) viññāṇasamūho vutto. ‘‘Cha phassakāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.323; ma. ni. 1.98) phassādisamūho . Tathā ‘‘kāyapassaddhi kāyalahutā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 114) vedanākkhandhādayo. ‘‘Idhekacco pathavikāyaṃ aniccato anupassati, āpokāyaṃ tejokāyaṃ vāyokāyaṃ kesakāyaṃ lomakāya’’ntiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 3.35) pathavādisamūho. ‘‘Kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā’’ti (a. ni. 3.16) ayaṃ pasādakāyo. Idhāpi pasādakāyo veditabbo. So hi kāyaviññāṇādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvena pavattati. Manoti pana kiñcāpi sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuccati, tathāpi dvārabhāvassa idhādhippetattā dvārabhūtaṃ sāvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ veditabbaṃ.
这位比丘的这六扇以意为第六的门,因为没有正念、陷入放逸,所以没有被正念的门扇关住。“于食物……得到”这一段是说:这位比丘按照前面所说的方式,对食物不知适量,对诸根也不守护。这样一来,他在今生会因为疾病等而得到身苦;在来世会因为堕入恶趣而得到身苦;还会因为贪等烦恼的灼烧以及欲望得不到满足而得到心苦。总之,他在一切方面都只是得到苦、获得苦。正因为如此,这个人无论白天还是黑夜,日日夜夜都被这两种苦火所烧——身体被烧,心也被烧,始终都只是住在苦里,根本谈不上什么安乐的住处,更不用说超越轮回之苦了。巴利
Etāni yassa dvārāni aguttāni ca bhikkhunoti yassa bhikkhuno etāni manacchaṭṭhāni dvārāni sativossaggena pamādaṃ āpannattā satikavāṭena apihitāni. Bhojanamhi…pe… adhigacchatīti so bhikkhu vuttanayena bhojane amattaññū indriyesu ca saṃvararahito diṭṭhadhammikañca rogādivasena, samparāyikañca duggatipariyāpannaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ rāgādikilesasantāpavasena, icchāvighātavasena ca cetodukkhanti sabbathāpi dukkhameva adhigacchati pāpuṇāti. Yasmā cetadevaṃ, tasmā duvidhenapi dukkhagginā idhaloke ca paraloke ca ḍayhamānena kāyena ḍayhamānena cetasā divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ niccakālameva tādiso puggalo dukkhameva viharati, na tassa sukhavihārassa sambhavo, vaṭṭadukkhānatikkame pana vattabbameva natthīti.
2. 《乐住经》的注释巴利
2. Sukhavihārasuttavaṇṇanā
29 第二部经的含义,要按前面所说的相反方式来理解。巴利
29. Dutiye vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.
第三部《应悔经》的注释巴利
3. Tapanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
30 第三经中,“能令热恼的”:这些法在今生和来世都会烧灼、逼迫、折磨人,所以叫能令热恼的。或者说,热恼本身就是苦;这些法在现世和来世都能生起并助长这种苦,所以是有益的,因此叫能令热恼的。又或者说,因为能由这些法引生追悔、懊恼,所以叫热恼;这些法是它的因,所以叫能令热恼的。“未作善者”:善就是福德、吉祥,因为他没有造作过,所以叫未作善者。剩下两个词是它的同义词。福德之所以被称为善,是因为它能带来利益和来世的快乐,具有吉祥的含义;又因为能断除卑劣、动摇等,所以叫善;还因为能保护怕苦、怕轮回的人,所以叫畏者的庇护。“已作恶者”:因为他已经造作、积累了恶,所以叫已作恶者。剩下两个词是它的同义词。不善业因为低劣,所以叫恶;又因为它在生起和成熟时本性凶暴,所以叫惊吓;还因为被烦恼所染污,所以叫罪恶。就这样,世尊先以法为立足点指出“两种法能令热恼”,再以人为立足点说明未作的善法和已作的恶法。现在为了显示它们能令热恼的性质,说道:“我没作善也热恼,我作了恶也热恼。”意思是:以心中的焦灼而烧灼、追悔、忧悔。巴利
30. Tatiye tapanīyāti idha ceva samparāye ca tapanti vibādhenti viheṭhentīti tapanīyā. Tapanaṃ vā dukkhaṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāye ca tassa uppādanena ceva anubalappadānena ca hitāti tapanīyā. Atha vā tapanti tenāti tapanaṃ, pacchānutāpo, vippaṭisāroti attho, tassa hetubhāvato hitāti tapanīyā. Akatakalyāṇoti akataṃ kalyāṇaṃ bhaddakaṃ puññaṃ etenāti akatakalyāṇo. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Puññañhi pavattihitatāya āyatiṃsukhatāya ca bhaddakaṭṭhena kalyāṇanti ca kucchitasalanādiatthena kusalanti ca dukkhabhīrūnaṃ saṃsārabhīrūnañca rakkhanaṭṭhena bhīruttāṇanti ca vuccati. Katapāpoti kataṃ upacitaṃ pāpaṃ etenāti katapāpo. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Akusalakammañhi lāmakaṭṭhena pāpanti ca attano pavattikkhaṇe vipākakkhaṇe ca ghorasabhāvatāya luddanti ca kilesehi dūsitabhāvena kibbisanti ca vuccati. Iti bhagavā ‘‘dve dhammā tapanīyā’’ti dhammādhiṭṭhānena uddisitvā akataṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ katañca akusalaṃ dhammaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena niddisi. Idāni tesaṃ tapanīyabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘so akataṃ me kalyāṇantipi tappati, kataṃ me pāpantipi tappatī’’ti āha. Cittasantāsena tappati anutappati anusocatīti attho.
在偈颂中,“恶行”是指行为邪恶,或者因为被烦恼所腐烂而称为恶行,也就是恶行。以身造的恶行,或者从身门生起的恶行,就是身恶行。语恶行和意恶行也应当这样理解。这里所说的身恶行等,是指已经构成业道的行为。至于那些还没有达到业道的不善法,就是针对它们而说“以及其他与过失相伴的”。它的意思是:那些因为还没有达到业道的程度,所以不能正式称为身业等的不善法,由于与贪等烦恼相杂,所以是与过失相伴的不善,造作这些也算在内。地狱:因为没有喜悦,或者因为没有滋味,所以称为地狱,这是泛指一切恶趣;或者说,以排除名为好运的快乐,在一切善趣和恶趣中都存在的地狱之苦。造作这种业的人就会投生到那里。这里的意思应当这样理解。巴利
Gāthāsu duṭṭhu caritaṃ, kilesapūtikattā vā duṭṭhaṃ caritanti duccaritaṃ. Kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā pavattaṃ duccaritaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ. Evaṃ vacīmanoduccaritānipi daṭṭhabbāni. Imāni ca kāyaduccaritādīni kammapathappattāni adhippetānīti yaṃ na kammapathappattaṃ akusalajātaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘yañcaññaṃ dosasañhita’’nti. Tassattho – yampi ca aññaṃ kammapathabhāvaṃ appattattā nippariyāyena kāyakammādisaṅkhaṃ na labhati, rāgādikilesasaṃsaṭṭhattā dosasahitaṃ akusalaṃ tampi katvāti attho. Nirayanti niratiatthena nirassādaṭṭhena vā nirayanti laddhanāmaṃ sabbampi duggatiṃ, ayasaṅkhātasukhappaṭikkhepena vā sabbattha sugatiduggatīsu nirayadukkhaṃ. So tādiso puggalo upagacchatīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
在这里,关于身恶行具有热恼性这一点,应当讲述南陀亚卡、南陀青年、南陀屠牛者和两兄弟的事例。据说,他们杀了一头母牛,把肉分成两份。然后弟弟对哥哥说:“我孩子多,把这些内脏给我吧。”哥哥就说:“所有的肉都已经分成两份了,你还想要什么?”说着就打他,把他打死了。他转过身来看他,发现他已经死了,心里想:“我做的实在太严重了,我竟然无缘无故地把他杀了。”于是生起了强烈的懊悔。从此,无论站着还是坐着,他总是想着那件事,心里得不到一点快乐,吃下去、喝下去、嚼下去的食物也不能滋养身体,瘦得只剩下皮包骨。后来有一位长老问他:“居士,你瘦得太厉害了,只剩皮包骨,你是得了什么病,还是造了什么让人热恼的业?”他回答:“是的,尊者。”然后把一切都说了出来。长老就对他说:“居士,你造了很重的业,在对方没有过错的地方犯了过错。”他因为那业,命终之后投生到地狱。关于语恶行,应当讲述善觉、释迦、拘迦利、旃遮摩纳等人事例;关于意恶行,应当讲述乌卡拉、胜、巴旃等人事例。巴利
Ettha ca kāyaduccaritassa tapanīyabhāve nando yakkho nando māṇavako nando goghātako dve bhātikāti etesaṃ vatthūni kathetabbāni. Te kira gāviṃ vadhitvā maṃsaṃ dve koṭṭhāse akaṃsu. Tato kaniṭṭho jeṭṭhaṃ āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ dārakā bahū, imāni me antāni dehī’’ti. Atha naṃ jeṭṭho – ‘‘sabbaṃ maṃsaṃ dvedhā vibhattaṃ, puna kimaggahesī’’ti paharitvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpesi. Nivattitvā ca naṃ olokento mataṃ disvā ‘‘bhāriyaṃ vata mayā kataṃ, svāhaṃ akāraṇeneva naṃ māresi’’nti cittaṃ uppādesi. Athassa balavavippaṭisāro uppajji. So ṭhitaṭṭhānepi nisinnaṭṭhānepi tadeva kammaṃ āvajjeti, cittassādaṃ na labhati, asitapītakhāyitampissa sarīre ojaṃ na pharati, aṭṭhicammamattameva ahosi. Atha naṃ eko thero pucchi ‘‘upāsaka, tvaṃ ativiya kiso aṭṭhicammamatto jāto, kīdiso te rogo, udāhu atthi kiñci tapanīyaṃ kammaṃ kata’’nti? So ‘‘āma, bhante’’ti sabbaṃ ārocesi. Athassa so ‘‘bhāriyaṃ te, upāsaka, kammaṃ kataṃ, anaparādhaṭṭhāne aparaddha’’nti āha. So teneva kammunā kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbatti. Vacīduccaritassa pana suppabuddhasakkakokālikaciñcamāṇavikādīnaṃ vatthūni kathetabbāni, manoduccaritassa ukkalajayabhaññādīnaṃ.
第4经 不热恼经的注释巴利
4. Atapanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
31 第四经的含义,应当按照第三经所说的相反方式来理解。巴利
31. Catutthe tatiye vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.
第五 第一戒经注释巴利
5. Paṭhamasīlasuttavaṇṇanā
32 32. 第五中,“以恶戒”:他们说,所谓恶戒,就是破坏戒、不防护。在这里,如果不防护就是无戒,因为它属于恶戒的状态,那为什么还称之为“戒”呢?对此可以这样理解:就像世间把没看见的说成“看见了”,把无戒的人说成“有戒的人”,同样,这里也把无戒和不防护说成“戒”。或者,按照“木匠,什么是恶戒?就是不善的身业、不善的语业、邪命”(《中部》2.264)的说法,不善的法里面也有“戒”这个名称,所以,由于反复串习而变得像天性一样自然的一切行为习惯,都称为“戒”。其中,由不善巧而产生的,就是不善,也就是低劣的意思,针对这一点说“以恶戒”。“以恶见”:一切邪见都是恶的,特别是无因见、无作见、无有见这三种见更加恶劣。其中,具足恶戒的人,在行为上败坏;具足恶见的人,在心态上败坏。这样行为和心态都败坏的人,必定堕入地狱。因此说:“比丘们,具足这两种法的人,就像被搬来扔在那里一样,就这样堕入地狱。”这里,“具足两种法”应当理解为一种特征性的表述,而不是对教法的分类说明。就像世间说:“这些生病的人,应该给他们这个药。”在其他类似的地方,也是同样的道理。“愚痴”就是没有智慧。巴利
32. Pañcame pāpakena ca sīlenāti pāpakaṃ nāma sīlaṃ sīlabhedakaro asaṃvaroti vadanti. Tattha yadi asaṃvaro asīlameva taṃdussīlyabhāvato, kathaṃ sīlanti vuccati? Tatthāyaṃ adhippāyo siyā – yathā nāma loke adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭha’’nti vuccati, asīlavā ‘‘sīlavā’’ti, evamidhāpi asīlampi asaṃvaropi ‘‘sīla’’nti voharīyati. Atha vā ‘‘katame ca, thapati, akusalā sīlā? Akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ, akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ, pāpako ājīvo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.264) vacanato akusaladhammesupi attheva sīlasamaññā, tasmā paricayavasena sabhāvasiddhi viya pakatibhūto sabbo samācāro ‘‘sīla’’nti vuccati. Tattha yaṃ akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalaṃ lāmakaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘pāpakena ca sīlenā’’ti. Pāpikāya ca diṭṭhiyāti sabbāpi micchādiṭṭhiyo pāpikāva. Visesato pana ahetukadiṭṭhi, akiriyadiṭṭhi, natthikadiṭṭhīti imā tividhā diṭṭhiyo pāpikatarā. Tattha pāpakena sīlena samannāgato puggalo payogavipanno hoti, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato āsayavipanno hoti, evaṃ payogāsayavipanno puggalo nirayūpago hotiyeva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ niraye’’ti. Ettha ca ‘‘dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato’’ti idaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na tantiniddeso. Yathā taṃ loke ‘‘yadime byādhitā siyuṃ, imesaṃ idaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabba’’nti. Aññesupi īdisesu ṭhānesu eseva nayo. Duppaññoti nippañño.
第六经《第二戒经》的注释巴利
6. Dutiyasīlasuttavaṇṇanā
33 33. 第六经中,“以善戒”:指的是身善行等四种清净戒。因为这种戒具备不破损等戒德,本身是善妙的,又能带来止观等善的功德,所以称为“善戒”。“以善见”:指的是业自性智和业道正见。其中,具备善戒的人在加行上圆满,具备善见的人在内心意乐上圆满。这样加行和意乐都圆满的人,会往生天界。因此说:“比丘们,具备这两种法的人,就像被带来安置在这里一样,如此往生天界。”“有慧”:就是有智慧的人。其余的内容很容易理解。巴利
33. Chaṭṭhe bhaddakena ca sīlenāti kāyasucaritādicatupārisuddhisīlena. Tañhi akhaṇḍādisīlabhāvena sayañca kalyāṇaṃ, samathavipassanādikalyāṇaguṇāvahaṃ cāti ‘‘bhaddaka’’nti vuccati. Bhaddikāya ca diṭṭhiyāti kammassakatāñāṇena ceva kammapathasammādiṭṭhiyā ca. Tattha bhaddakena sīlena payogasampanno hoti, bhaddikāya diṭṭhiyā āsayasampanno. Iti payogāsayasampanno puggalo saggūpago hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘imehi, kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sappaññoti paññavā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
第七经《热诚经》的注释巴利
7. Ātāpīsuttavaṇṇanā
34 第七经中,“不热诚”:以烧灼烦恼为含义,所谓“热”就是精进;一个人具备这种精进,就叫“热诚者”;不具备的,就叫“不热诚者”,也就是说,他是远离正勤的懈怠者。“有愧”是指对恶行有所畏惧。具备这种有愧,就叫“有愧者”;不具备的,就叫“无愧者”,也就是没有愧的人。另一种说法是:与热诚相对立的是“不热”,即懈怠;一个人具备懈怠,就叫“不热诚者”。正如所说:“对应当惭愧的事不惭愧,对造作种种恶不善法不惭愧”,这就是无愧,即无愧。具备这种无愧的人,就叫“无愧者”。这里的含义应当这样理解。巴利
34. Sattame anātāpīti kilesānaṃ ātāpanaṭṭhena ātāpo, vīriyaṃ, so etassa atthīti ātāpī, na ātāpī anātāpī, sammappadhānavirahito kusītoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ottāpo vuccati pāputrāso, so etassa atthīti ottāpī, na ottāpī anottāpī, ottāparahito. Atha vā ātāpappaṭipakkho anātāpo, kosajjaṃ so assa atthīti anātāpī. Yaṃ ‘‘na ottapati ottappitabbena, na ottapati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ anottappaṃ anottāpo. So assa atthīti anottāpīti evamettha attho veditabbo.
不能证得,就是没有能力。“为了正觉”,是为了圣道。“为了涅槃”,是为了烦恼彻底止息,也就是不死的大涅槃。“为了无上安稳”,是指阿拉汉果。它因为没有比它更高的,所以叫无上;又因为不被四种轭所困扰,所以叫安稳、无所畏惧,因此称为安稳。“为了证得”,是为了获得。“热诚”,就是有精进。他具备经文所说的这种精进:“为断除不善法、为成就善法而住于已发精进,有力量,坚定努力,在善法上不放下担子。”(《长部》3.345)因此他彻底烧尽烦恼,所以叫热诚。“有愧”,就是具备经文所说的愧:“对应当羞愧的事感到羞愧,对造作种种恶不善法感到羞愧。”(《法集论》31)因此他有羞愧的习性,所以叫有愧。这里说的就是有愧的人。由于愧和惭不可分离,他也一定具备惭,所以是具足惭愧的人,对极微小的过失也看到危险,在戒上圆满行持。这样就显示了他戒的成就。通过“热诚”这一说法,以烧尽烦恼来说明他致力于止观的修习。而且如前所说,精进不能离开信、念、定、慧,所以使解脱成熟的信等五根,实际上也已经被说到了。这些一旦成就,无常想、苦想、无我想、舍离想、离染想、灭想这六种有助于通达的想也就成就了。如此,具备这两种法的人,世间戒定慧得以成就,因而能够证得道果涅槃。为了显示这一点,所以说“热诚……为了证得”。巴利
Abhabboti anaraho. Sambodhāyāti ariyamaggatthāya. Nibbānāyāti kilesānaṃ accantavūpasamāya amatamahānibbānāya. Anuttarassa yogakkhemassāti arahattaphalassa. Tañhi uttaritarassa abhāvato anuttaraṃ, catūhi yogehi anupaddutattā khemaṃ nibbhayanti yogakkhemanti ca vuccati. Adhigamāyāti pattiyā. Ātāpīti vīriyavā. So hi ‘‘āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesū’’ti (dī. ni. 3.345) evaṃ vuttena vīriyārambhena samannāgato kilesānaṃ accantameva ātāpanasīloti ātāpī. Ottāpīti ‘‘yaṃ ottapati ottappitabbena, ottapati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā’’ti (dha. sa. 31) evaṃ vuttena ottappena samannāgatattā ottapanasīloti ottappī. Ayañhi ottāpīti vutto. Tadavinābhāvato hiriyā ca samannāgato eva hotīti hirottappasampanno aṇumattepi vajje bhayadassāvī sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti. Iccassa sīlasampadā dassitā. Ātāpīti iminā nayenassa kilesaparitāpitādīpanena samathavipassanābhāvanānuyuttatā dassitā. Yathāvuttañca vīriyaṃ saddhāsatisamādhipaññāhi vinā na hotīti vimuttiparipācakāni saddhāpañcamāni indriyāni atthato vuttāneva honti. Tesu ca siddhesu anicce aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññāti cha nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā siddhā evāti. Evaṃ imehi dvīhi dhammehi samannāgatassa lokiyānaṃ sīlasamādhipaññānaṃ sijjhanato maggaphalanibbānādhigamassa bhabbataṃ dassento ‘‘ātāpī ca kho…pe… adhigamāyā’’ti āha.
在偈颂中,“懈怠者”:因为常常生起邪寻思,与欲寻思、嗔寻思、害寻思这些被称为卑劣不善法的东西纠缠在一起,所以叫懈怠者。或者说,从正道上沉没退堕,把da音变成ta音,因此叫懈怠者。“少精进”:就是没有精进,在行、住、坐、卧四种威仪中都不肯精进努力。由于不断生起以无策励、不堪任为本质的心迟钝(昏沉),以及以无力、破坏为本质的身迟钝(睡眠),所以叫多昏沉睡眠。由于没有以厌恶恶行为特征的惭,反而具有与它相对的、以无惭为本质的无惭,所以叫无惭。由于没有惭、愧、精进,对正道就没有尊重,所以叫不尊重。从两方面说,对如是的法与人以及两种行为都没有尊重。“触”:就是接触。“无上菩提”:就是证得被称为菩提的无上阿罗汉果,不能达到,这是意思。巴利
Gāthāsu kusītoti micchāvitakkabahulatāya kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakkasaṅkhātehi kucchitehi pāpadhammehi sito sambandho yuttoti kusīto. Kucchitaṃ vā sīdati sammāpaṭipattito avasīdatīti kusīto, da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Hīnavīriyoti nibbīriyo, catūsupi iriyāpathesu vīriyakaraṇarahito. Anussāhasaṃhananasabhāvassa cittālasiyassa thinassa, asattivighātasabhāvassa kāyālasiyassa middhassa ca abhiṇhappavattiyā thinamiddhabahulo. Pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇāya hiriyā abhāvena tappaṭipakkhena ahirikena samannāgatattā ca ahiriko. Hirottappavīriyānaṃ abhāveneva sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ natthi etassa ādaroti anādaro. Ubhayathāpi tathā dhammapuggalena duvidhakiriyākaraṇena anādaro. Phuṭṭhunti phusituṃ. Sambodhimuttamanti sambodhisaṅkhātaṃ uttamaṃ arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ abhabboti attho.
“具念”是指:因为具备能忆念久远所说、久远所做之事的念,并且这种念是善巧的,又与四念处相应,所以称为具念。“贤善”是指:因为具足了被称为七处善的智慧,以及被称为守护业处的智慧,所以称为贤善。“入禅者”是指:通过所缘审察禅那和相审察禅那这两种禅那而修禅的人。“不放逸”是指:按照“白天经行、宴坐,从障碍法中净化其心”等方法,在业处的修习中不放逸。“断除生与老的结缚”:生与老会结缚众生,所以称为“结”,也就是以欲贪等为首的十种烦恼。通过根除随眠,从根本断除。或者也可以理解为:“断除生与老的结缚”就是断除了生与老的结缚。因为,如果一个人的诸结没有被断除,他的生与老就无法断除;如果诸结已被断除,那么他的生与老也就断除了,因为原因已被根除。因此,正在断除诸结的人,就是在断除生与老,所以说“断除生与老的结缚”。“于此即触证无上正觉”:就在此有身之中,触证、达到最上道或阿拉汉果。巴利
Satimāti cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ anussaraṇe samatthassa satinepakkassa bhāvena catusatipaṭṭhānayogena satimā. Nipakoti sattaṭṭhāniyasampajaññasaṅkhātena ceva kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇapaññāsaṅkhātena ca nepakkena samannāgatattā nipako. Jhāyīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānena lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena cāti dvīhipi jhānehi jhāyī. Appamattoti ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’tiādinā nayena kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya appamatto. Saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvāti jātiyā ceva jarāya ca satte saṃyojetīti saṃyojananti laddhanāmaṃ kāmarāgādikaṃ dasavidhampi kilesajātaṃ anusayasamugghātavasena mūlato chinditvā. Atha vā saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvāti jātijarāya saṃyojanaṃ chinditvā. Yassa hi saṃyojanāni acchinnāni, tassa jātijarāya acchedo asamugghātova. Yassa pana tāni chinnāni, tassa jātijarāpi chinnāva kāraṇassa samugghātitattā. Tasmā saṃyojanaṃ chindanto eva jātijarāpi chindati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvā’’ti. Idheva sambodhimanuttaraṃ phuseti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve aggamaggaṃ arahattaṃ vā phuse pāpuṇeyya.
第一不诈经的注释巴利
8. Paṭhamanakuhanasuttavaṇṇanā
35 35. 第八句里的“nayidaṃ”(非此):这里的 na 是否定词,和“vussati”(住)相连,y 是连接音节的插入音。“idaṃ”这个词,在“ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle”(有一次,诸比丘,我住在伍咖达城的善吉祥林沙罗王树下)这类句子里,只是个小品词。而在“Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattakaṃ”(诸比丘,这不过是微末的、浅近的、仅仅属于戒律的东西)这类句子里,它是用来指眼前当下可见的事物。巴利
35. Aṭṭhame nayidanti ettha naiti paṭisedhe nipāto, tassa ‘‘vussatī’’ti iminā sambandho, yakāro padasandhikaro. Idaṃ-saddo ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.501) nipātamattaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattaka’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.27) yathāvutte āsannapaccakkhe āgato.
这正是那座祇园,为诸仙圣僧团所依止,
我这样说:法王所住的地方,让我生起喜悦。巴利
‘‘Idañhi taṃ jetavanaṃ, isisaṅghanisevitaṃ; Āvutthaṃ dhammarājena, pītisañjananaṃ mamā’’ti. –
在“等”这类将要说明的场合中,指的是近在眼前、直接可见的;在这里也一样,应当把将要说明的内容理解为近在眼前、直接可见的。巴利
Ādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.48) vakkhamāne āsannapaccakkhe. Idhāpi vakkhamāneyeva āsannapaccakkhe daṭṭhabbo.
“梵行”这个词——巴利
Brahmacariya-saddo –
你的誓愿是什么?你的梵行又是什么?
这是哪位纯善者的果报?
神通、光辉、力量与精进的成就,
以及你这如龙象之广大天宫。
我和妻子在人间的时候,
我们俩都曾是有信的施主。
那时我的家就像一口公共水井,
沙门婆罗门都得到了满足。
这就是我的誓愿,这就是我的梵行,
这就是他善行修成的果报。
神通、光辉、力量与精进的成就,
智者啊,这也是我的大宫殿。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca te nāga mahāvimānaṃ. ‘‘Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, Saddhā ubho dānapatī ahumhā; Opānabhūtaṃ me gharaṃ tadāsi, Santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca. ‘‘Taṃ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca me dhīra mahāvimāna’’nti. (jā. 2.22.1592-1593, 1595) –
这段出现在《富楼那本生》里,讲的是布施。巴利
Imasmiṃ puṇṇakajātake dāne āgato.
因为什么,手能施与所欲?因为什么,手能流出蜜汁?
你靠什么样的梵行,让福德在手中得以圆满?
以那只手能施予所欲,以那只手能流出蜜汁;
凭这个梵行,我的福德就在手中圆满成就。巴利
‘‘Kena pāṇi kāmadado, kena pāṇi madhussavo; Kena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhati. ‘‘Tena pāṇi kāmadado, tena pāṇi madhussavo; Tena me brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī’’ti. (pe. va. 275, 277) –
在这篇《嫩芽饿鬼事》里,“梵行”指的是服侍。在《鹧鸪本生》中——“比丘们,这就是那只鹧鸪的梵行”——这里的“梵行”指的是五学处之戒。在《大典尊经》中——“五髻,那种梵行不是为了厌离,不是为了离贪……只是为了往生梵天界”——这里的“梵行”指的是梵住。在《损减经》中——“别人会行非梵行,而我们在这里要行梵行”——这里的“梵行”指的是远离淫欲。巴利
Imasmiṃ aṅkurapetavatthusmiṃ veyyāvacce. ‘‘Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, tittiriyaṃ nāma brahmacariyaṃ ahosī’’ti (cūḷava. 311) imasmiṃ tittirajātake pañcasikkhāpadasīle. ‘‘Taṃ kho pana, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ neva nibbidāya na virāgāya…pe… yāvadeva brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) imasmiṃ mahāgovindasutte brahmavihāre. ‘‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārino bhavissāmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.83) sallekhasutte methunaviratiyaṃ.
我们也不逾越妻子,
我们也不越过妻子们;
除了跟那些女人以外,我们修梵行。
所以,我们年轻人确实不会死。巴利
‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, Amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāma, Tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na mīyare’’ti. (jā. 1.10.97) –
在《大法护本生》中,说的是满足于自己的妻子。在《毛发竖立经》中说到精进:“舍利弗,我确实记得,我曾修习具足四支的梵行——我曾是苦行僧。”(《中部》1.155)巴利
Mahādhammapālajātake sadārasantose. ‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritā – tapassī sudaṃ homī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.155) lomahaṃsasutte vīriye.
以低劣的梵行,会投生到刹帝利族中;
以中等程度的梵行,能生到天界;以最上的梵行,则得到净化。巴利
‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati; Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75) –
在《尼弥本生》里,为了调伏自己而受持八支布萨。在《大典尊经》里说到圣道:“五髻,这梵行纯粹导向厌离、离贪……这就是圣八支道。”(《长部》2.329)在《清净经》里说到涵盖三学的全部教法:“这梵行已成就、兴旺、广布、为众人所知、广泛流传,乃至为天与人所善巧宣说。”(《长部》3.174)在这里,同样是指圣道和教法。巴利
Nimijātake attadamanavasena kate aṭṭhaṅgikauposathe. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya…pe… ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) mahāgovindasutteyeva ariyamagge. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti (dī. ni. 3.174) pāsādikasutte sikkhattayasaṅgahe sakalasmiṃ sāsane. Idhāpi ariyamagge sāsane ca vattati.
被住就是被居住、被安住的意思。为了欺骗众人:是为了让世间的众生感到惊奇,比如会说“这位尊者具戒、具足行仪、少欲、知足、有大神通、大威力”等等。为了引诱众人说话:是为了让人们以清净的信心说出“供养这样一位尊者会有大果报”,并让人们对他说“您需要什么?要拿什么来?”,从而促使人们开口。为了利养、恭敬、名声的利益:这里说的是由持戒的功德所带来的四种资具的获得——就像经里说的“比丘们,如果比丘希望‘愿我成为衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具的获得者’,他就应当圆满持戒”(《中部》1.65);还有以恭敬布施四种资具为特相的、以敬重推崇为特相的恭敬;以及因为“具戒、多闻、持法、精进”等功德而传扬开来的赞誉声名,这是修梵行的人在现世获得的利益——就是为了这个目的。希望人们这样知道我:就是说,在这样修梵行的时候,“希望人们这样了解我、尊重我:‘这个人有戒、有善法’”,即使只是凭自己真实具有的功德而希望得到尊重,也不是为了这个而修梵行。应当这样连接理解。巴利
Vussatīti vasīyati, carīyatīti attho. Janakuhanatthanti ‘‘aho ayyo sīlavā vattasampanno appiccho santuṭṭho mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’tiādinā janassa sattalokassa vimhāpanatthaṃ. Janalapanatthanti ‘‘evarūpassa nāma ayyassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti pasannacittehi ‘‘kenattho, kiṃ āharīyatū’’ti manussehi vadāpanatthaṃ. Lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsatthanti yvāyaṃ ‘‘ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘lābhī assaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’nti, sīle-svevassa paripūrakārī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.65) sīlānisaṃsabhāvena vutto catupaccayalābho, yo ca catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ sakkaccadānasaṅkhāto ādarabahumānagarukaraṇasaṅkhāto ca sakkāro, yo ca ‘‘sīlasampanno bahussuto sutadharo āraddhavīriyo’’tiādinā nayena uggatathutighosasaṅkhāto siloko brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso, tadatthaṃ. Iti maṃ jano jānātūti ‘‘evaṃ brahmacariyavāse sati ‘ayaṃ sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo’tiādinā maṃ jano jānātu sambhāvetū’’ti attano santaguṇavasena sambhāvanatthampi na idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti sambandho.
有些人则这样解释:所谓“为了欺骗众人”,是指一个恶欲者、被欲望支配的人,通过三种欺骗手段——暗示、装模作样的威仪、以及借受用资具来攀缘——以欺骗的方式让众人感到惊奇。所谓“为了引诱众人说话”,同样是指恶欲者借由暗示等言语方式,怀着引诱或谄媚的心态,为了让众人开口说话。所谓“为了利养、恭敬、名声的好处”,同样是指恶欲者看重利养等,为了促成所谓利养、恭敬、名声这些好处的产生。所谓“希望众人这样知道我”,同样是指恶欲者怀着想让人们尊崇自己本不具备的功德的意图,想着“众人应当这样知道我”,他们并不是为了修习梵行。他们在这里就是这样解释的。不过,前面那种解释才是更核心的。巴利
Keci pana ‘‘janakuhanatthanti pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa sato sāmantajappanairiyāpathanissitapaccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātena tividhena kuhanavatthunā kuhanabhāvena janassa vimhāpanatthaṃ. Janalapanatthanti pāpicchasseva sato paccayatthaṃ parikathobhāsādivasena lapanabhāvena upalāpanabhāvena vā janassa lapanatthaṃ. Lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsatthanti pāpicchasseva sato lābhādigarutāya lābhasakkārasilokasaṅkhātassa ānisaṃsaudayassa nipphādanatthaṃ. Iti maṃ jano jānātūti pāpicchasseva sato asantaguṇasambhāvanādhippāyena ‘iti evaṃ maṃ jano jānātū’ti na idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti evamettha atthaṃ vadanti. Purimoyeva pana attho sārataro.
这里,“atha kho”中的“atha”是表示另外意义的不变词,“kho”是表示强调决定的词。由此说明:然而,比丘们,这梵行是为了除欺骗等之外的其他目的而修的。现在,为了说明这个目的,说“正是为了防护和断除”。其中,防护有五种:巴帝摩卡防护、念防护、智防护、忍防护、精进防护。巴利
Atha khoti ettha athāti aññadatthe nipāto, khoti avadhāraṇe. Tena kuhanādito aññadatthāyeva pana idaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti dasseti. Idāni taṃ payojanaṃ dassento ‘‘saṃvaratthañceva pahānatthañcā’’ti āha. Tattha pañcavidho saṃvaro – pātimokkhasaṃvaro, satisaṃvaro, ñāṇasaṃvaro, khantisaṃvaro, vīriyasaṃvaroti.
在这里,按照“以这个巴帝摩卡防护而具足、完全具足”(《分别论》511)等这样的方式所说的,就是巴帝摩卡防护,也被称为戒防护。按照“守护眼根,在眼根上达到防护”(《长部》1.213;《中部》1.295;《相应部》4.239;《增支部》3.16)所说的,就是念防护。巴利
Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’ti (vibha. 511) hi ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaro nāma, yo sīlasaṃvaroti ca pavuccati. ‘‘Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) āgato ayaṃ satisaṃvaro.
世间那些流——阿逸多啊,世尊说——
正念能挡住它们。
我说:守护诸流。
以智慧,这些就被关闭了。巴利
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ (ajitāti bhagavā), Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, Paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti. (su. ni. 1041) –
智防护是依照“能忍受寒冷炎热……”这类经文而来的。忍防护是依照“能忍受寒冷炎热……”这类经文而来的。精进防护是依照“不让已经生起的欲寻持续下去……”这类经文而来的。从义理上说,戒防护就是以舍弃杀生等行为、履行应做和避免不应做的方式而生起的思和离。简要地说,一切身业和语业的约束就是戒防护;详细地说,完全不违犯七种罪聚就是戒防护。念本身就是念防护,或者以念为主导的善蕴也是念防护。智本身就是智防护。以忍耐为本质的无嗔,或者以无嗔为主导而生起的善蕴,就是忍防护——也有人说是慧。以不忍受欲寻等而生的精进本身就是精进防护。在这五种防护中,应当这样理解:第一种因为能防护身恶行等恶戒,所以叫防护;第二种因为能防护失念;第三种因为能防护无知;第四种因为能防护不忍;第五种因为能防护懈怠、能遮止懈怠,所以叫防护。因此,为了成就这种防护,就是为了防护、为了圆满防护的意思。巴利
Āgato ayaṃ ñāṇasaṃvaro. ‘‘Khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.24; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) nayena āgato ayaṃ khantisaṃvaro. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) nayena āgato ayaṃ vīriyasaṃvaro. Atthato pana pāṇātipātādīnaṃ pajahanavasena, vattapaṭivattānaṃ karaṇavasena ca pavattā cetanā viratiyo ca. Saṅkhepato sabbo kāyavacīsaṃyamo, vitthārato sattannaṃ āpattikkhandhānaṃ avītikkamo sīlasaṃvaro. Sati eva satisaṃvaro, satippadhānā vā kusalā khandhā. Ñāṇameva ñāṇasaṃvaro. Adhivāsanavasena adoso, adosappadhānā vā tathā pavattā kusalā khandhā khantisaṃvaro, paññāti eke. Kāmavitakkādīnaṃ anadhivāsanavasena pavattaṃ vīriyameva vīriyasaṃvaro. Tesu paṭhamo kāyaduccaritādidussīlyassa saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, dutiyo muṭṭhassaccassa, tatiyo aññāṇassa, catuttho akkhantiyā, pañcamo kosajjassa saṃvaraṇato pidahanato saṃvaroti veditabbo. Evametassa saṃvarassa atthāya saṃvaratthaṃ, saṃvaranipphādanatthanti attho.
断除也有五种:彼分断、镇伏断、正断断、止息断、出离断。其中应当说明的内容,在下面《一集》第一经的注释里已经讲过了。对这五种断来说,它们各自以相应方式,通过舍离贪等烦恼,或通过超越贪等烦恼,所以叫“为了断”,意思就是成就这种断。在这里,有人说:通过防护,能阻止烦恼进入心相续;通过断,既能阻止烦恼进入,也能根除烦恼。不过应当知道,这两种方式在各自适当的情况下,都能实现这两种作用。因为戒等法本身,由于能防护,所以叫防护;由于能断除,所以叫断。巴利
Pahānampi pañcavidhaṃ – tadaṅgappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nissaraṇappahānanti. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā ekakanipāte paṭhamasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. Tassa pana pañcavidhassapi tathā tathā rāgādikilesānaṃ paṭinissajjanaṭṭhena samatikkamanaṭṭhena vā pahānassa atthāya pahānatthaṃ, pahānasādhanatthanti attho. Tattha saṃvarena kilesānaṃ cittasantāne pavesananivāraṇaṃ pahānena pavesananivāraṇañceva samugghāto cāti vadanti. Ubhayenāpi pana yathārahaṃ ubhayaṃ sampajjatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sīlādidhammā eva hi saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, pajahanato pahānanti.
在偈颂中,“anītiha”(非依传说)一词:灾害被称为“īti”,包括现世的灾害和来世的灾害。能击破、摧毁、断除这些灾害的,就是“ītiha”,即教法梵行和道梵行。另一种解释:与灾害等无益之事一起打击、行进、运转的,就是“ītihā”,也就是渴爱等随烦恼。这里没有“ītihā”,所以叫“anītiha”。或者,按前面所说的含义,“ītihā”指外道的教义,与此相对的就是“anītiha”。也有读作“anitiha”的。它的意思是:由于对诸法不能一向确定地执持,“疑”就叫作“itiha”;但这是正自觉者所宣说的,依照教导修行的人能因此达到无疑的状态,所以这里没有“itiha”,因此叫“anitiha”,意思是不依赖他人。正如经文所说“是智者各自亲证的”,又说“非寻思所能及”。不过,为了偈颂读起来顺口,诵读者把它读成长音的“anītiha”。巴利
Gāthāsu anītihanti ītiyo vuccanti upaddavā – diṭṭhadhammikā ca samparāyikā ca. Ītiyo hanati vināseti pajahatīti ītihaṃ, anu ītihanti anītihaṃ, sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca. Atha vā ītīhi anatthehi saddhiṃ hananti gacchanti pavattantīti ītihā, taṇhādiupakkilesā. Natthi ettha ītihāti anītihaṃ. Ītihā vā yathāvuttenaṭṭhena titthiyasamayā, tappaṭipakkhato idaṃ anītihaṃ. ‘‘Anitiha’’ntipi pāṭho. Tassattho – ‘‘itihāya’’nti dhammesu anekaṃsaggāhabhāvato vicikicchā itihaṃ nāma, sammāsambuddhappaveditattā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjantānaṃ nikkaṅkhabhāvasādhanato natthi ettha itihanti anitihaṃ, aparappaccayanti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’’ti ‘‘atakkāvacaro’’ti ca. Gāthāsukhatthaṃ pana ‘‘anītiha’’nti dīghaṃ katvā paṭhanti.
所谓“导向涅槃沉浸的梵行”,意思是:它能通向那称为涅槃的深处、安立之处和彼岸,所以叫“导向涅槃沉浸”;也就是纯粹能把具有解脱之味的有情引导到涅槃。这就是那导向涅槃沉浸的梵行。而那位圆满了三十种波罗蜜、摧破了一切烦恼、证得无上正等正觉的世尊,宣说了它、开示了它。或者,“涅槃沉浸”指的就是圣道。因为离开圣道,就不可能沉浸于涅槃;而圣道如果不以涅槃为所缘,也不会生起;它又必定趣向涅槃,所以叫“导向涅槃沉浸”。再者,“导向涅槃沉浸”是指进入涅槃内部、以涅槃为所缘而在其内部运行、转起的道梵行。“由大雄们”是指由那些心胸伟大、志向崇高的圣者们所追随、所修行的。所谓大雄们,就是追求伟大的涅槃,或者追求伟大的戒蕴等法的诸圣者,比如佛陀等。他们按照佛陀所教导的那样去实践:正如我这位正等正觉者,以应了知等方式如实宣说了应了知等法;同样,那些为了这个目标而修习此道梵行和教法梵行的人,对于我这位导师就现世利益和后世利益所作的应机教导,都会遵行教诫、依教奉行,从而彻底终结整个轮回之苦,使它不再生起;或者,他们将亲证苦的尽头——涅槃。巴利
Nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ ogadhaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ pāraṃ gacchatīti nibbānogadhagāmī, vimuttirasattā ekanteneva nibbānasampāpakoti attho. Taṃ nibbānogadhagāminaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Soti yo so samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhinditvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, so bhagavā adesayi desesi. Nibbānogadhoti vā ariyamaggo vuccati. Tena vinā nibbānogāhanassa asambhavato tassa ca nibbānaṃ anālambitvā appavattanato, tañca taṃ ekantaṃ gacchatīti nibbānogadhagāmī. Atha vā nibbānogadhagāminanti nibbānassa antogāminaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ , nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā tassa anto eva vattati pavattatīti. Mahattehīti mahāātumehi uḷārajjhāsayehi. Mahantaṃ nibbānaṃ, mahante vā sīlakkhandhādike esanti gavesantīti mahesino buddhādayo ariyā. Tehi anuyāto paṭipanno. Yathā buddhena desitanti yathā abhiññeyyādidhamme abhiññeyyādibhāveneva sammāsambuddhena mayā desitaṃ, evaṃ ye etaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ tadatthaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyañca paṭipajjanti. Te diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsantassa satthu mayhaṃ sāsanakārino ovādappaṭikarā sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa antaṃ pariyantaṃ appavattiṃ karissanti, dukkhassa vā antaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarissantīti.
第二经《不诈经》的注释巴利
9. Dutiyanakuhanasuttavaṇṇanā
36 36. 第九经中,“为了证知”:就是以最殊胜的智慧,按照善与不善的分类、按照诸蕴等的分类,正确无误地了知一切法。“为了遍知”:就是为了以“这是苦”等方式,彻底了知三界内的一切法,并超越它们。在这里,应证知的对象和能证知的智慧,是以四圣谛为范围的。而对应当遍知的对象进行遍知,虽然也是以苦谛为范围,但如果不借助断、证、修这些现观,就无法生起,所以应当知道,这里也包含了断、证、修等。其余内容,和紧接着的下一部经所讲的相同。巴利
36. Navame abhiññatthanti kusalādivibhāgena khandhādivibhāgena ca sabbadhamme abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena aviparītato jānanatthaṃ. Pariññatthanti tebhūmakadhamme ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā parijānanatthaṃ samatikkamanatthañca. Tattha abhiññeyyaabhijānanā catusaccavisayā. Pariññeyyaparijānanā pana yadipi dukkhasaccavisayā, pahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayehi pana vinā na pavattatīti pahānādayopi idha gahitāti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ anantarasutte vuttatthameva.
第10经《喜悦经》的注释巴利
10. Somanassasuttavaṇṇanā
37 37. 在第十经中,“多住于乐与喜悦”这句话里,“乐”指身体上的乐,“喜悦”指心上的乐。因此,如果有人身心两方面的乐不断生起,就说他“多住于乐与喜悦”。“生处”:在“舍利弗,有这四种生处”等经文里,“生处”是指蕴的一部分;而在“浮弥,这正是证得果的原因”等经文里,则是指原因。巴利
37. Dasame sukhasomanassabahuloti ettha sukhanti kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ, somanassanti cetasikaṃ. Tasmā yassa kāyikaṃ cetasikañca sukhaṃ abhiṇhaṃ pavattati, so sukhasomanassabahuloti vutto. Yonīti ‘‘catasso kho imā, sāriputta, yoniyo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.152) khandhakoṭṭhāso yonīti āgato. ‘‘Yoni hesā, bhūmija, phalassa adhigamāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.226) kāraṇaṃ.
我不因为他的出身或母胎血统就称他为婆罗门。巴利
‘‘Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi, yonijaṃ mattisambhava’’nti ca. (ma. ni. 2.457; dha. pa. 396; su. ni. 625);
比如“由业而生的风把他生成后,使他头下脚上地翻转,然后送入母亲产道的开口”,这里的“yoni”指的是产道。但在当前这段经文里,要表达的是“原因”。“Assāti”是用这个来说明。“Āraddhā”是指已经建立、已经提起、已经伸展,或者已经圆满、已经完成。巴利
‘‘Tamenaṃ kammajā vātā nibbattitvā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ samparivattetvā mātu yonimukhe sampaṭipādentī’’ti ca ādīsu passāvamaggo. Idha pana kāraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Assāti anena. Āraddhāti paṭṭhapitā paggahitā paripuṇṇā sampāditā vā.
在“为了诸漏的灭尽”这句话里,所谓“漏”,是因为它们会流出来。也就是说,从眼……乃至从意流出来、持续生起,这就叫漏。或者,从法来说,一直流到种姓智;从处所来说,一直流到有顶天,所以叫漏。意思是说,它们在这些法和这个处所之内活动。这个“ā”前缀,本来就是“在内”的意思。又因为长久存住的意思,像酒等东西一样,所以叫漏。世间上,存放了很久的酒等东西,就被叫作“漏”。如果按长久存住的意思来说,只有这些烦恼才配叫漏。因为经里这样说过:“比丘们,无明的前际不可知,在这之前没有无明。”等等。又因为它们流泄、涌出长久轮回中的苦,所以也叫漏。在这些词源解释里,前面几种适用于把烦恼称为漏的地方,最后一种也适用于业。而且不只是业和烦恼叫漏,各种灾患也叫漏。因为在《阿毗达摩》里说:“四种漏——欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏”,这是把欲贪等烦恼称为漏。经里也说:“纯陀,我不是只为了防护现法中的漏而说法”,这里是把诤论根源的烦恼称为漏。巴利
Āsavānaṃkhayāyāti ettha āsavantīti āsavā, cakkhutopi…pe… manatopi savanti pavattantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammato yāva gotrabhū, okāsato yāva bhavaggā savantīti vā āsavā. Ete dhamme etañca okāsaṃ anto karitvā pavattantīti attho. Antokaraṇattho hi ayaṃ ākāro. Cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena madirādayo āsavā viyātipi āsavā. Loke hi cirapārivāsikā madirādayo āsavāti vuccanti. Yadi ca cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena āsavā, ete eva bhavituṃ arahanti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya, ito pubbe avijjā nāhosī’’tiādi (a. ni. 10.61). Āyataṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ savanti pasavantītipi āsavā. Purimāni cettha nibbacanāni yattha kilesā āsavāti āgatā, tattha yujjanti; pacchimaṃ kammepi. Na kevalañca kammakilesā eva āsavā, apica kho nānappakārā upaddavāpi. Abhidhamme hi ‘‘cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo’’ti (dha. sa. 1102) kāmarāgādayo kilesā āsavāti āgatā. Suttepi ‘‘nāhaṃ, cunda, diṭṭhadhammikānaṃyeva āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya dhammaṃ desemī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.182) ettha vivādamūlabhūtā kilesā āsavāti āgatā.
依靠这个业,他往生到天界,或者成为甘塔拔,或者成为能在空中飞行的众生;
凭这个业,能去往夜叉的境界,也能舍弃人的身份;
我的那些漏已经灭尽,被摧毁,被彻底消灭。巴利
‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo; Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyya, manussattañca abbaje; Te mayhaṃ, āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36) –
在这里,三地所属的业以及其余的不善法。而在“为了防护现法诸漏,为了对治来世诸漏”(《经分别》39)这句话里,这里指的是伤害他人、追悔、杀戮、捆绑等行为,以及作为恶趣之苦的种种灾祸。巴利
Ettha tebhūmakaṃ kammaṃ avasesā ca akusalā dhammā. ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti (pārā. 39) ettha parūpaghātavippaṭisāravadhabandhādayo ceva apāyadukkhabhūtā nānappakārā upaddavā ca.
这些漏,在《律藏》里分成两种出现:“为了防护现法诸漏,为了对治当来诸漏。”在《六处相应》里分成三种出现:“贤友,有三种漏——欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”(《相应部》4.321)其他经典里也是这样。在《阿毗达摩》里,同样是这些漏再加上见漏,分成四种出现。但在《决择说示》里,则分成五种出现:“比丘们,有趋向地狱的漏,有趋向畜生道的漏,有趋向饿鬼界的漏,有趋向人界的漏,有趋向天界的漏。”(《增支部》6.63)这里所说的“漏”,指的就是业。在《六集》里,则按“比丘们,有应当通过防护而断除的漏……”(《增支部》6.58)这样的方式分成六种出现。在《一切漏经》里,同样是这些漏,加上见所断的法,分成七种出现。但在这里,应当知道,是依照《阿毗达摩》的方式,指四种漏。巴利
Te panete āsavā vinaye ‘‘diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti dvedhā āgatā. Saḷāyatane ‘‘tayome, āvuso, āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, avijjāsavo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.321) tidhā āgatā. Tathā aññesu suttantesu. Abhidhamme teyeva diṭṭhāsavena saddhiṃ catudhā āgatā. Nibbedhikapariyāye pana ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā’’ti (a. ni. 6.63) pañcadhā āgatā. Kammameva cettha āsavāti adhippetaṃ. Chakkanipāte ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā saṃvarā pahātabbā’’tiādinā (a. ni. 6.58) nayena chadhā āgatā. Sabbāsavapariyāye teyeva dassanapahātabbehi dhammehi saddhiṃ sattadhā āgatā. Idha pana abhidhammapariyāyena cattāro āsavā adhippetāti veditabbā.
在“为了灭尽”这一句里,“漏的灭尽”是指诸漏的灭尽、消逝、破坏、彻底破坏、无常、消失,这是就诸漏自性的差别而说的。而在“比丘们,我对于知者、见者,说漏的灭尽”(《中部》1.15)这一句里,“漏尽”是指诸漏已尽的状态、不存在、绝对不再生起。巴利
Khayāyāti ettha pana ‘‘yo āsavānaṃ khayo vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccatā antaradhāna’’nti āsavānaṃ sarasabhedo āsavānaṃ khayoti vutto. ‘‘Jānato ahaṃ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.15) ettha āsavānaṃ khīṇākāro natthibhāvo accantaṃ asamuppādo āsavakkhayoti vutto.
正在修学的有学人,沿着正直之道而行;
在灭尽中,最先生起的是第一智,从那之后,正智紧接着无间生起。巴利
‘‘Sekhassa sikkhamānassa, ujumaggānusārino; Khayasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tato aññā anantarā’’ti. (itivu. 62) –
在这里,圣道被称为“漏尽”。而在“因为诸漏灭尽,所以成为沙门”(《中部》1.438)这句里,说的是果。巴利
Ettha ariyamaggo āsavakkhayoti vutto. ‘‘Āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.438) ettha phalaṃ.
总是盯着别人的过错,心里老是抱怨不满的人,
他的诸漏不断增长,他离漏尽还很远。巴利
‘‘Paravajjānupassissa, niccaṃ ujjhānasaññino; Āsavā tassa vaḍḍhanti, ārā so āsavakkhayā’’ti. (dha. pa. 253) –
这里指的是涅槃。不过,这里是就果而说“为了诸漏的灭尽”,意思是:为了证得阿拉汉果。巴利
Ettha nibbānaṃ. Idha pana phalaṃ sandhāya ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayāyā’’ti vuttaṃ, arahattaphalatthāyāti attho.
在能让人生起悚惧的处所:就是能引生悚惧的、以生等为内容的悚惧事。生、老、病、死、恶趣之苦、过去以轮回为根本的苦、未来以轮回为根本的苦、现在以觅食为根本的苦,这些就是所谓的悚惧事,也就是能让人生起悚惧的处所。此外,像“世间聚落如同着火,已被驱赶、已上路,却走在邪道上;世间被牵引,不能长久;世间没有救护、没有依靠;世间不由自主;一切都必须舍弃而去;世间有欠缺、不满足,是渴爱的奴隶”等等(《无碍解道》1.117),在这里也应当理解为能让人生起悚惧的处所。以悚惧:就是由于生等悚惧事而生起的、以怖畏为特征的悚惧。从意义上看,悚惧就是与愧相应的智。巴利
Saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesūti saṃvegajanakesu jātiādīsu saṃvegavatthūsu. Jāti, jarā, byādhi, maraṇaṃ, apāyadukkhaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ , paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkhanti imāni hi saṃvegavatthūni saṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni nāma. Apica ‘‘āditto lokasannivāso uyyutto payāto kummaggappaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso’’tievamādīni (paṭi. ma. 1.117) cettha saṃvejanīyaṭṭhānānīti veditabbāni. Saṃvejanenāti jātiādisaṃvegavatthūni paṭicca uppannabhayasaṅkhātena saṃvejanena. Atthato pana sahottappañāṇaṃ saṃvego nāma.
对于已生起悚惧的人:是指因为入胎等方式,对生等种种不同的苦已经生起悚惧的人。也有人读作“令悚惧之后”。“以如理精进”:是指以方法上的精勤,意思是正精进。因为他这样精勤,不善法得以断除,善法达到修习圆满,又能成就最上的状态,所以称为“精进”。在这里,由于悚惧,他在有、生等当中看不到任何救护、庇护和皈依,对那里不退缩、心不执著,又因为与那相反,被厌离想所转,一心只倾向于涅槃、趣向涅槃、斜向涅槃。他依靠善知识,多作如理作意,有清净志欲的加行,在止与观中相应策励,对一切行所摄的所缘都厌离、离染,策发现观。在这里,所谓“多作如理作意,有清净志欲的加行,在止与观中相应策励”,由此应当知道他在今生多具喜悦与悦乐。而所谓“安立于止之后,在观中相应策励,对一切行所摄的所缘都厌离、离染,策发现观”,由此应当知道他已勤策本源,为了诸漏的灭尽。巴利
Saṃviggassāti gabbhokkantikādivasena anekavidhehi jātiādidukkhehi saṃvegajātassa. ‘‘Saṃvejitvā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Yoniso padhānenāti upāyapadhānena, sammāvāyāmenāti attho. So hi yathā akusalā dhammā pahīyanti, kusalā dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, evaṃ padahanato uttamabhāvasādhanato ca ‘‘padhāna’’nti vuccati. Tattha saṃvegena bhavādīsu kiñci tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ apassanto tattha anolīyanto alaggamānaso tappaṭipakkhena ca vinivattitavisaññito aññadatthu nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. So kalyāṇamittasannissayena yonisomanasikārabahulo visuddhāsayappayogo samathavipassanāsu yuttappayutto sabbasmimpi saṅkhāragate nibbindati virajjati, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpeti. Tattha yadidaṃ yonisomanasikārabahulo visuddhāsayappayogo samathavipassanāsu yuttappayutto, tenassa diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulatā veditabbā. Yaṃ panāyaṃ samathe patiṭṭhito vipassanāya yuttappayutto sabbasmimpi saṅkhāragate nibbindati virajjati, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpeti, tenassa yoni āraddhā āsavānaṃ khayāyāti veditabbaṃ.
偈颂里说的“应当生起悚惧”,意思就是确实要生起,确实要发起悚惧。也有人读作“生起悚惧之后”,意思是按前面所说的方式生起了悚惧。“贤智者”,就是有智慧的人,这里说的是具有三因结生的人。“以慧善观”,就是依照生起悚惧的方式,用智慧如实观照那些令人悚惧的事;或者理解为“用智慧如实观照之后”。其余各处都很容易理解。巴利
Gāthāsu saṃvijjethevāti saṃvijjeyya eva saṃvegaṃ kareyya eva. ‘‘Saṃvijjitvānā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Vuttanayena saṃviggo hutvāti attho. Paṇḍitoti sappañño, tihetukapaṭisandhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paññāya samavekkhiyāti saṃvegavatthūni saṃvijjanavasena paññāya sammā avekkhiya. Atha vā paññāya sammā avekkhitvāti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
以上就是《究竟义揭示》中《如是语》注疏的(内容)。巴利
Iti paramatthadīpaniyā itivuttaka-aṭṭhakathāya
《寻经》的义注巴利
1. Vitakkasuttavaṇṇanā
38 38. 在第二品的第一经里,“如来,比丘们”这个说法中的“如来”一词,首先出现在有情假名、正自觉者等用法中。因为在“如来死后存在”这类说法里,它指的就是有情假名。巴利
38. Dutiyavaggassa paṭhame tathāgataṃ, bhikkhaveti ettha tathāgata-saddo tāva sattavohārasammāsambuddhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.65) sattavohāre.
受到天与人礼敬的如来,
我们礼敬佛陀,愿有平安吉祥。
在这些等(经文)中,指的是正自觉者。
被天与人敬奉的如来,
我们礼敬法,愿有安乐。巴利
‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Buddhaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.16) – Ādīsu sammāsambuddhe. ‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.17) –
在开头等处所说的诸法。巴利
Ādīsu dhamme.
被天与人共同敬奉的如来,
我们礼敬僧团,愿他们平安安乐。巴利
‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.18) –
在开头那些地方指的是僧伽。但这里指的是正自觉者。因此,在此处“如来”一词,世尊以八种原因被称为如来。哪八种呢?如此而来,所以是如来;如此而去,所以是如来;以如实之相而来,所以是如来;如实证悟真实法,所以是如来;因为如实见,所以是如来;因为如实说,所以是如来;因为如实行,所以是如来;以征服之义,所以是如来。巴利
Ādīsu saṅghe. Idha pana sammāsambuddhe. Tasmā tathāgatanti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.
世尊为什么被称为“如来”呢?因为他正是像过去诸佛那样而来的。具体来说,他依着当初所发的誓愿,圆满了布施波罗蜜、持戒波罗蜜、出离波罗蜜、智慧波罗蜜、精进波罗蜜、忍耐波罗蜜、真实波罗蜜、决意波罗蜜、慈波罗蜜、舍波罗蜜;圆满了这十种波罗蜜、十种近波罗蜜、十种究竟波罗蜜,也就是三十种波罗蜜;又舍弃了五种大舍弃:舍弃身体的部分、舍弃整个自身、舍弃财富、舍弃妻儿、舍弃王位。就像毗婆尸佛等正自觉者那样而来,我们的世尊也同样如此而来,所以称为“如来”。正如经中所说——巴利
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettāupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ, attapariccāgaṃ, dhanapariccāgaṃ, dārapariccāgaṃ, rajjapariccāganti imāni pañca mahāpariccāgāni pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā , tathā amhākaṃ bhagavāpi āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
就像在这世间,毗婆尸佛等诸佛一样,
已经证得一切智的牟尼们来到这里;
同样地,这位释迦牟尼也来了,
如来被称为具眼者。巴利
‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā’’ti. –
像这样,以这种方式而来,所以叫如来。巴利
Evaṃ tathā āgatoti tathāgato.
“如来”是什么意思?就是“如此而去”的意思。就像毗婆尸等佛陀刚出生时,双脚平稳地站在大地上,面朝北方,以七步的步幅走过去;同样,我们的世尊也是这样走过去的,所以称为“如来”。正如所说的:巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātāva vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākaṃ bhagavāpi gatoti tathāgato. Yathāhu –
就像刚出生的牛王一样,
他以平稳的双足触踏大地;
乔达摩迈出了七步。
众天神为他撑起白色伞盖。
乔达摩走了七步,
他向四周环顾,四面八方都看了一遍。
他发出了具备八支的音声,
就像狮子站在山顶上。巴利
‘‘Muhuttajātova gavaṃpatī yathā, Samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ; So vikkamī satta padāni gotamo, Setañca chattaṃ anudhārayuṃ marū. ‘‘Gantvāna so satta padāni gotamo, Disā vilokesi samā samantato; Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ giramabbhudīrayi, Sīho yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito’’ti. –
如来之所以被称为如来,就是因为他如此而去。巴利
Evaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato.
如来是怎么因为通达真实相而得名的呢?对于一切色法和无色法,他以智慧的行境,毫无遗漏地到达、证得、随觉了它们的自相与共相——真实、不虚妄者,所以称为如来。正如经中所说:巴利
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ, sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ, tathaṃ, avitathaṃ, ñāṇagatiyā āgato, avirajjhitvā patto, anubuddhoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
然而,一切诸法都有各自的自相与共相。
正因为如来如是而来,所以世尊就是如来。巴利
‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ; Tathamevāgato yasmā, tasmā nātho tathāgato’’ti. –
像这样,因为通达了真如之相,所以称为如来。巴利
Evaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato.
如来是怎样因为如实彻证真实法而被称为如来的呢?所谓真实法,就是四圣谛。正如经中所说:“比丘们,有这四种法是真实的、不虚妄的、不变的。哪四种呢?‘这是苦圣谛’,比丘们,这是真实的,这是不虚妄的,这是不变的。”(《相应部》5.1090)详细解说。世尊已经彻证了这些圣谛,所以也正因为彻证了这些真实法而被称为如来。这里“gata”这个词的意思就是“已经彻证”。这样,因为如实彻证真实法,所以称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti , bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmāpi tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gata-saddo. Evaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato.
如来为什么是“如实见者”呢?在包括天神的世间……乃至包括人与天人的众生中,在无量的世界界域里,无量众生在眼门处进入视野的色所缘,世尊全都以一切方式了知、看见。当他这样了知、这样看见时,无论是以可爱等角度,还是以在所见、所闻、所觉、所识中可能出现的词语,比如“什么是色?色处,就是依靠四大种而有的显色,可见、有对、青、黄……”等等(《法集论》616),用种种名称、十三个回合、五十二种方法加以分别解说,这一切都确实如此,没有虚妄。耳门等处进入视野的声音等也是同样的道理。世尊确实这样说过:巴利
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Yaṃ sadevake loke…pe… sadevamanussāya pajāya aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgacchantaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ bhagavā sabbākārato jānāti passati. Evaṃ jānatā passatā cānena taṃ iṭṭhādivasena vā diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu labbhamānapadavasena vā ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ, yaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya vaṇṇanibhā sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ nīlaṃ pītaka’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 616) nayena anekehi nāmehi terasahi vārehi dvepaññāsāya nayehi vibhajjamānaṃ tathameva hoti, vitathaṃ natthi. Esa nayo sotadvārādīsu āpāthamāgacchantesu saddādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,对于有天神在内的世间……乃至有人和天神在内的世间,凡是所见、所闻、所觉、所知、所得、所求、以心反复考察过的事物,我都了知……我都彻底了知,那些都是如来所知道的,但如来并不执取它们。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ jānāmi…pe… tamahaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa viditaṃ, taṃ tathāgato na upaṭṭhāsī’’ti (a. ni. 4.24).
如来之所以如此,是因为他如实照见。在这里,应当知道“如来”这个词,是从“如实照见”这个意义上建立起来的。巴利
Evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe tathāgatoti padassa sambhavo veditabbo.
如来为什么是“说真实者”呢?从世尊证得无上正等正觉的那一夜起,到他在无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜为止,在这中间四十五年左右的时间里,世尊所说的经、应颂等一切教法,全都是清净、圆满的,能摧毁贪欲和骄慢等烦恼,一味平等,真实不虚。所以说:巴利
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yaṃ rattiṃ bhagavā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle yaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ suttageyyādi, sabbaṃ taṃ parisuddhaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ rāgamadādinimmadanaṃ ekasadisaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ. Tenāha –
准陀,从如来证得无上正等正觉的那一夜起,到如来以无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜为止,在这中间,他所说、所谈、所开示的一切,全都真实不虚,绝不会变成别的样子。因此,他被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188; a. ni. 4.23).
在这里,“gata”这个词的意思是“言语”(gada)。这样,因为说的是真实之语,所以称为如来。另外,“āgadana”就是“āgada”,意思是言语。他拥有真实、不颠倒的言语,把“da”音变成“ta”音,就成了“tathāgata”(如来)。这个词的构词方式应当这样来理解。巴利
Gadaattho hi ettha gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Apica āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti, evampettha padasiddhi veditabbā.
如来为什么是言行一致的呢?因为世尊的言语随顺于身行,身行也随顺于言语。所以,他怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说。对于这样的人,他的身行正如他的言语那样进行,他的言语也正如他的身行那样进行,因此称为如来。所以他说:“诸比丘,如来怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说。如此,怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说,因此称为如来。”这就是以言行一致而称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavato hi vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tasmā yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī ca hoti. Evaṃbhūtassa cassa yathā vācā, kāyopi tathā gato pavatto. Yathā ca kāyo, vācāpi tathā gatāti tathāgato. Tenāha ‘‘yathāvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
为什么以征服的意义称他为如来?因为世尊上到有顶天、下到无间地狱,把这两者作为边界,横向则遍及无量世界,以戒、以定、以慧、以解脱、以解脱知见,征服一切众生。他没有可衡量的标准,也没有可比较的尺度,他确实无法衡量、无法测度、无与伦比,是天神中的至高天神,是帝释中的至高帝释,是梵天中的至高梵天,是一切众生中最上者,所以称为如来。因此他说:巴利
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Yasmā bhagavā upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro devānaṃ atidevo sakkānaṃ atisakko brahmānaṃ atibrahmā sabbasattuttamo, tasmā tathāgato. Tenāha –
比丘们,在连同诸天在内的世间……乃至人间,如来是征服者,不被任何人征服,是真正普见者,拥有自在之力,因此被称为如来。巴利
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… manussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188; a. ni. 4.23).
这里,“如来”这个词的成立方式是这样的:如同“agado”就是“agado”,既指说法的善巧,也指福德的积聚。因此,这位具有大威力的说法者,就像神医以天界的药来治蛇毒一样,能胜过一切外道以及包括天众在内的世间。这样,在胜过一切世间这件事上,他具有如上所说、真实不颠倒的“agado”,把“da”音变成“ta”音,就应当知道是“tathāgato”(如来)。如此,从“胜过”这个含义来说,就是如来。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ padasiddhi – agado viya agado, desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko viya dibbāgadena sappe, sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati. Iti sabbalokābhibhavane tatho aviparīto yathāvutto agado etassāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
另外,所谓如来,就是“这样地去”,也就是“去到如实之境”。其中,以遍知彻底了知整个世间,他这样地去、已了知,所以叫如来;以断除遍知舍断世间的生起,他这样地去、已超越,所以叫如来;以作证亲自证得世间的灭尽,他这样地去、已证得,所以叫如来;他这样地去、已修行导向世间灭尽之道,所以叫如来。这正是世尊所说:巴利
Apica tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathaṃ gatoti tathāgato. Tattha sakalalokaṃ tīraṇapariññāya tathāya gato avagatoti tathāgato, lokasamudayaṃ pahānapariññāya tathāya gato atītoti tathāgato, lokanirodhaṃ sacchikiriyāya tathāya gato adhigatoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ tathaṃ gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,世间已被如来彻底觉悟,如来已从世间彻底脱离。比丘们,世间的集起已被如来彻底觉悟,世间的集起已被如来断除。比丘们,世间的灭尽已被如来彻底觉悟,世间的灭尽已被如来亲自证得。比丘们,导向世间灭尽的道已被如来彻底觉悟,导向世间灭尽的道已被如来修习完成。比丘们,包括天神在内的……(中略)……这一切,都已被如来彻底觉悟。因此,被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho. Lokasmā tathāgato visaṃyutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno. Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa…pe… sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
世尊还能通过另外八种理由被称为如来。因为如实地来,所以是如来;因为如实地去,所以是如来;因为来至诸如实,所以是如来;因为如实而去,所以是如来;因为是如实种类者,所以是如来;因为行为如实,所以是如来;因为以诸如实而来,所以是如来;因为已达到如实的境地,所以是如来。巴利
Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato. Tathāya āgatoti tathāgato, tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathāni āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathāvidhoti tathāgato, tathāpavattikoti tathāgato, tathehi āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatabhāvena tathāgatoti.
那由以善慧之身的世尊在燃灯十力佛足下——巴利
Kathaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavatā sumedhabhūtena dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle –
人身、男根具足、因、得见导师;
出家、功德圆满、资格与意愿;
这八法聚合时,大精进就能圆满成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –
像这样,当人正在圆满具足八支的志向时,就会发起这样的伟大誓愿:我自己渡过后,将度脱包括天界在内的世间;我已解脱,也要让众生解脱;我已调御,也要让众生调御;我已安稳,也要让众生安稳;我已寂灭,也要让众生寂灭;我已清净,也要让众生清净;我已觉悟,也要让众生觉悟。这正是经中所说:巴利
Evaṃ vuttaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ abhinīhāraṃ sampādentena ‘‘ahaṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ tiṇṇo tāressāmi, mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi, assattho assāsessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmi , suddho sodhessāmi , buddho bodhessāmī’’ti mahāpaṭiññā pavattitā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ –
对我来说,一个已渡过(海洋)且见其力量的人,又有什么用呢?
证得一切知智之后,我要度脱包括诸天在内的世间。
依靠我这份为最胜丈夫所做的善业,
证得一切知智之后,我要把众多众生渡到彼岸。
截断轮回的洪流,摧毁三种存在;
登上法船之后,我要把连同诸天在内的世间都渡到彼岸。
我为什么要以非智者的方式,在这里亲自证得法呢?
证得一切知智之后,我将在包括天神的世间成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 55-58);
这位世间怙主为了证明自己那个伟大的宣言真实不虚——那个宣言,正是他对整个成佛之法进行全面抉择、审察和受持的根本依据——他恭敬、不间断、毫无遗漏地圆满了布施波罗蜜等三十种波罗蜜,历经超过十万大劫的四大阿僧祇劫;他完成了肢节施舍等五种大舍;修习了四坚固处,即真谛决定等;积集了福德与智慧两种资粮;提升了过去的前行、过去的行为、说法、所知之义及所行等;将菩提行推至究竟边际,证得了无上正等菩提。因此,他那个伟大的宣言如此真实不虚、无有变异,他连一毛端那么大的虚妄都没有。正如燃灯佛、十力者憍陈如、吉祥佛……乃至迦叶世尊,这二十四位正等觉依次出现,都为他授记说“他将成佛”。如此,他在二十四位佛面前获得授记,凡是那些已发愿的菩萨们所应获得的功德利益,他都已获得而后到来,因此,依那位如上所说的伟大宣言真实不虚,他证得了正等觉的境界,已到达,故名为如来。如此,依真实而来,故名为如来。巴利
Taṃ panetaṃ mahāpaṭiññaṃ sakalassapi buddhakaradhammasamudāyassa pavicayapaccavekkhaṇasamādānānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ avisaṃvādento lokanātho yasmā mahākappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesato dānapāramiādayo samatiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā, aṅgapariccāgādayo pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, saccādhiṭṭhānādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni paribrūhetvā, puññañāṇasambhāre sambharitvā pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo ukkaṃsāpetvā, buddhicariyaṃ paramakoṭiṃ pāpetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi; tasmā tasseva sā mahāpaṭiññā tathā avitathā anaññathā, na tassa vālaggamattampi vitathaṃ atthi. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro dasabalo koṇḍañño, maṅgalo…pe… kassapo bhagavāti ime catuvīsati sammāsambuddhā paṭipāṭiyā uppannā ‘‘buddho bhavissatī’’ti naṃ byākariṃsu. Evaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ santike laddhabyākaraṇo ye te katābhinīhārehi bodhisattehi laddhabbā ānisaṃsā, te labhitvāva āgatoti tāya yathāvuttāya mahāpaṭiññāya tathāya abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?是因为他依照那样的大悲而行而来。世尊的大悲心是这样的:他看到众生陷入极大的痛苦和逼迫之中,心里想:“他们没有别的依靠,只有我能让他们从这轮回之苦中解脱出来,得到自由。”于是他的心被激励起来,发下了宏大的誓愿。发愿之后,为了成就一切世间的利益,他精勤努力,不顾自己的身体和性命;即使只是让别人听到声音就会心生恐惧的那种极难行的苦行,他也一一去实践。就像大菩萨们的修行不会退堕、不会染污、不会停滞,而只会越来越殊胜那样,他就这样一步步修行,逐渐圆满了一切菩提资粮,证得了正觉。成佛之后,他同样被大悲心所驱动,舍弃了独处寂静的快乐和最上寂静的解脱之乐,来到愚痴众生遍布的世间,不计较众生对他生起的恭敬、轻蔑和种种伤害,只是以度化应当度化的人,完整地履行了佛陀的一切事业。其中,世尊以大悲心投入众生的方式和表现,后面会详细说明。就像已成佛的世间怙主对众生有大悲心一样,菩萨在因地时,从发大愿开始,在一切时、一切处,大悲心也是如此,是一样的、真实的、不虚的。因此,在三个阶段中,对一切众生都具有平等一味的大悲、能成就一切世间利益的大悲,依照它而行、而进入,这就是“如来”。这样,“依照那样的大悲而行而来,所以叫如来”。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato? Yāyaṃ mahākaruṇā lokanāthassa, yāya mahādukkhasambādhappaṭipannaṃ sattanikāyaṃ disvā ‘‘tassa natthañño koci paṭisaraṇaṃ, ahameva naṃ ito saṃsāradukkhato mutto mocessāmī’’ti samussāhitamānaso mahābhinīhāraṃ akāsi. Katvā ca yathāpaṇidhānaṃ sakalalokahitasampādanāya ussukkamāpanno attano kāyajīvitanirapekkho paresaṃ sotapathagamanamattenapi cittutrāsasamuppādikā atidukkarā dukkaracariyā samācaranto yathā mahābodhisattānaṃ paṭipatti hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, atha kho uttari visesabhāgiyāva hoti, tathā paṭipajjamāno anupubbena niravasese bodhisambhāre samānetvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇi. Tato parañca tāyeva mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso pavivekaratiṃ paramañca santaṃ vimokkhasukhaṃ pahāya bālajanabahule loke tehi samuppāditaṃ sammānāvamānavippakāraṃ agaṇetvā veneyyajanavinayanena niravasesaṃ buddhakiccaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Tatra yo bhagavato sattesu mahākaruṇāya samokkamanākāro, so parato āvi bhavissati. Yathā buddhabhūtassa lokanāthassa sattesu mahākaruṇā, evaṃ bodhisattabhūtassapi mahābhinīhārakālādīsūti sabbattha sabbadā ca ekasadisatāya tathāva sā avitathā anaññathā. Tasmā tīsupi avatthāsu sabbasattesu samānarasāya tathāya mahākaruṇāya sakalalokahitāya gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?因为他是如实而来。所谓“如实”,指的就是四种圣道智。这四种圣道智如实通达四圣谛——也就是“这是苦,这是苦的集起,这是苦的灭尽,这是通向苦灭的道路”。这四圣谛统摄了一切应当了知的事物,是流转与还灭这两者的根本。具体来说:苦,有逼迫、有为、热恼、变易这些含义;集,有招感、因缘、结缚、障碍这些含义;灭,有出离、远离、无为、不死这些含义;道,有出离、作为因、见、增上这些含义,以及由这些衍生出的种种区分。这些圣道智能断除障碍如实了知诸法自性的杂染,以无颠倒的方式生起运作,不会违背诸法的自性、作用与特相,所以它们是如实的、不虚妄的、不颠倒的。这些如实之智不是靠别人引导才证得的,世尊是自己证得的、自己通达的。因此,因为如实而来,所以叫“如来”。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato? Tathāni nāma cattāri ariyamaggañāṇāni. Tāni hi ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti evaṃ sabbañeyyasaṅgāhakānaṃ pavattinivattitadubhayahetubhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho, samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saṃyogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho, nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho, maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetvaṭṭho dassanaṭṭho adhipateyyaṭṭhotiādīnaṃ tabbibhāgānañca yathābhūtasabhāvāvabodhavibandhakassa saṃkilesapakkhassa samucchindanena paṭiladdhāya tattha asammohābhisamayasaṅkhātāya aviparītākārappavattiyā dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā anaññaneyyo sayameva āgato adhigato, tasmā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
就像道智一样,世尊在三时中的无碍智、四无碍解智、四无畏智、五趣判别智、六不共智、七觉支开显智、八圣道支开显智、九次第定等至智、十力智,也都应当这样详细阐明。巴利
Yathā ca maggañāṇāni, evaṃ bhagavato tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni catupaṭisambhidāñāṇāni catuvesārajjañāṇāni pañcagatiparicchedañāṇāni chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni sattabojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni aṭṭhamaggaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni navānupubbavihārasamāpattiñāṇāni dasabalañāṇāni ca vibhāvetabbāni.
这里要说明的是:在无量世界中,无量众生有低劣等种种差别,而过去那些同样有低劣等种种差别的蕴、处、界中,凡是应当了知的——无论依自性、作用等,还是依状态差别等,或是与蕴相关联的名称、种族等——以及那些不系属于根、极其微细、隐蔽、遥远之处的色法,由种种特定因缘共同生起的颜色、形状、香、味、触等种种差别,对于这一切,世尊的智慧都像放在手掌中的余甘子果一样,直接现前,无著无碍地运转。对未来世和现在世也是如此。这些就叫做在三时中无碍的智。正如所说:巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – yañhi kiñci aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnāsu atītāsu khandhāyatanadhātūsu sabhāvakiccādi avatthāvisesādi khandhapaṭibaddhanāmagottādi ca jānitabbaṃ. Anindriyabaddhesu ca atisukhumatirohitavidūradesesu rūpadhammesu yo taṃtaṃpaccayavisesehi saddhiṃ paccayuppannānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandharasaphassādiviseso, tattha sabbattheva hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalako viya paccakkhato asaṅgamappaṭihataṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tathā anāgatāsu paccuppannāsu cāti imāni tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni nāma. Yathāha –
世尊对过去世的智是无碍的,对未来的智是无碍的,对现在的智也是无碍的。巴利
‘‘Atītaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5).
这些法在各自所在之处,因为对诸法的自性、作用与特相都不相违背,所以是真实的、不虚妄的、不颠倒的。世尊以自己证悟的智慧亲证了它们。因为是这样如实而来,所以称为如来。巴利
Tāni panetāni tattha tattha dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā sayambhuñāṇena adhigañchi. Evaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,有义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解,这就是四种无碍解。其中,能够辨别、阐明、确定义的各种差别,在义上通达种种差别的智慧,就是义无碍解。能够辨别、阐明、确定法的各种差别,在法上通达种种差别的智慧,就是法无碍解。能够辨别、阐明、确定词的各种差别,在言辞表达上通达种种差别的智慧,就是词无碍解。能够辨别、阐明、确定辩才的各种差别,在辩才上通达种种差别的智慧,就是辩无碍解。关于这一点,曾这样说:巴利
Tathā atthapaṭisambhidā, dhammapaṭisambhidā, niruttipaṭisambhidā, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāti catasso paṭisambhidā. Tattha atthapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Dhammapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Niruttipabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ niruttābhilāpe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā. Paṭibhānapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ paṭibhāne pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
对义的智慧,就是义辨析;对法的智慧,就是法辨析;对表达法的言辞的智慧,就是辞辨析;对各种智慧的智慧,就是辩辨析。巴利
‘‘Atthe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, tatra dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā, ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 718).
在这里,如果按照因的线索,从应当被了知以及应当被证得的角度来说,简要地讲,因之果就叫作“义”。如果加以分类,那么任何缘所生法、涅槃、所说的义、异熟、唯作,这五种法就是“义”。观察这个义的人,对于这个义中种种分类的智慧,就是义无碍解。“法”,简要地说就是缘。因为它能安立、推动并达成各种义,所以称为“法”。如果加以分类,那么任何能产生果的因、圣道、所说、善、不善,这五种法就是“法”。观察这个法的人,对于这个法中种种分类的智慧,就是法无碍解。这一点也曾这样说过:巴利
Ettha ca hetuanusārena araṇīyato adhigantabbato ca saṅkhepato hetuphalaṃ attho nāma. Pabhedato pana yaṃkiñci paccayuppannaṃ, nibbānaṃ, bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyāti ime pañca dhammā attho. Taṃ atthaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Dhammoti saṅkhepato paccayo. So hi yasmā taṃ taṃ atthaṃ vidahati pavatteti ceva pāpeti ca, tasmā dhammoti vuccati. Pabhedato pana yo koci phalanibbattako hetu, ariyamaggo, bhāsitaṃ, kusalaṃ, akusalanti ime pañca dhammā dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
对苦的智慧,是义辨析;对苦集的智慧,是法辨析;对苦灭的智慧,是义辨析;对通往苦灭之道的智慧,是法辨析。巴利
‘‘Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 719).
或者,对因的智慧是法辨析,对因之果的智慧是义辨析。对那些已生、已存在、已生起、已产生、已再生、已显现的法,对这些法的智慧是义辨析。那些法从哪些法而生、而存在、而生起、而产生、而再生、而显现,对那些因法的智慧是法辨析。对老死的智慧是义辨析,对老死集起的智慧是法辨析;对老死灭尽的智慧是义辨析,对导向老死灭尽之道的智慧是法辨析。对生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行的智慧是义辨析,对行集起的智慧是法辨析;对行灭尽的智慧是义辨析,对导向行灭尽之道的智慧是法辨析。巴利
Atha vā hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Ye dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Yamhā dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, tesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jātiyā, bhave, upādāne, taṇhāya, vedanāya, phasse, saḷāyatane, nāmarūpe, viññāṇe, saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā , saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā.
在这里,比丘了知法——经、应颂……乃至……方广,这称为法辨析。他了知每一句所说内容的含义:“这是这句话的含义,这是这句话的含义”,这称为义辨析。巴利
‘‘Idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ jānāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati dhammapaṭisambhidā. So tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti – ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, ayaṃ vuccati atthapaṭisambhidā (vibha. 724).
哪些法是善的?当某个时候,欲界的善心生起,伴随着喜悦,与智慧相应,以色为所缘……乃至以法为所缘,或者无论缘取什么所缘,在那个时刻有触……乃至有不散乱。这些法就是善的。对这些法的智慧,是法辨析;对其果报的智慧,是义辨析。以上是详细展开。巴利
‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hoti. Ime dhammā kusalā. Imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, tesaṃ vipāke ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’tiādi vitthāro (vibha. 725).
对于那个义和法,以自性语、无错乱的惯用表达来宣说;对于那个自性语表达,依靠摩揭陀语——一切众生的根本语言——了知“这是自性语,这不是自性语”的种种分类的智慧,就是辞辨析。对于前面所说的那些智,以行境、作用等分类详细展开的一切智作为所缘来观察时,对那个智的种种分类的智慧,就是辩辨析。这样,这四种辨析智是世尊自己证得的。对于义、法等各自的对象,以不欺诳、无颠倒的方式生起,所以是如、是不虚妄、是不异。世尊也因此是如而来,所以称为如来。巴利
Tasmiṃ atthe ca dhamme ca sabhāvanirutti abyabhicāravohāro abhilāpo, tasmiṃ sabhāvaniruttābhilāpe māgadhikāya sabbasattānaṃ mūlabhāsāya ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti, ayaṃ na sabhāvaniruttī’’ti pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā. Yathāvuttesu tesu ñāṇesu gocarakiccādivasena vitthārato pavattaṃ sabbampi ñāṇamārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ ñāṇe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Iti imāni cattāri paṭisambhidāñāṇāni sayameva bhagavatā adhigatāni atthadhammādike tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attano visaye avisaṃvādanavasena aviparītākārappavattiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样,凡是任何应当被了知的事物,世尊都以一切方式了知、看见、证得、完全觉悟。因为他确实是这样:应当证知的法,他了知为应当证知;应当遍知的法,他了知为应当遍知;应当断除的法,他了知为应当断除;应当作证的法,他了知为应当作证;应当修习的法,他了知为应当修习。因此,没有任何沙门、婆罗门、天、魔罗或梵天,能够如法地质问他说:这些法你还没有完全觉悟。巴利
Tathā yaṃ kiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā sabbākārena ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ adhigataṃ abhisambuddhaṃ. Tathā hissa abhiññeyyā dhammā abhiññeyyato buddhā, pariññeyyā dhammā pariññeyyato buddhā, pahātabbā dhammā pahātabbato buddhā, sacchikātabbā dhammā sacchikātabbato buddhā, bhāvetabbā dhammā bhāvetabbato buddhā, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
凡是属于应当断除的法,世尊在菩提树下就已经毫无剩余地全部断尽了,这些法已成为不再生起的法;对于它们的断除,再没有别的什么需要做了。即其贪、嗔、痴、颠倒作意、无惭、无愧、昏沉睡眠、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、谄、诳、固执、愤激、慢、过慢、骄、放逸,以及三种不善根、恶行、不平等想、污秽寻、戏论、种种追求、渴爱、四种颠倒、诸漏、结、暴流、轭、趣、渴爱取、五种欢喜、诸盖、心荒芜、心缚、六诤根、七随眠、八邪性、九嗔事、以渴爱为根的十不善业道、二十一种邪命、六十二见、一百零八种渴爱行相等种种差别的一千五百种烦恼,连同它们的习气,都已经断除、截断、根除了。因此,没有任何沙门……中略……梵天,能够如法地诘难他说:这些烦恼你还没有断除。巴利
Yaṃ kiñci pahātabbaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā anavasesato bodhimūleyeva pahīnaṃ anuppattidhammaṃ, na tassa pahānāya uttari karaṇīyaṃ atthi . Tathā hissa lobhadosamohaviparītamanasikāraahirikānottappathinamiddha- kodhūpanāhamakkhapalāsaissāmacchariya- māyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamānātimānamadapamādatividhākusalamūladuccarita- visamasaññāmalavitakkapapañcaesanātaṇhācatubbidhavipariyesaāsava- ganthaoghayogāgatitaṇhupādānapañcābhinandananīvaraṇa- cetokhilacetasovinibandhachavivādamūlasattānusaya- aṭṭhamicchattanavaāghātavatthutaṇhāmūlakadasaakusala- kammapathaekavīsatianesanadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigataaṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritādippabhedaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ saha vāsanāya pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ samūhataṃ, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te kilesā appahīnā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊所宣说的这些障碍法,包括业、异熟、烦恼、讥嫌、违犯、命令等种种差别,它们确实必定会成为障碍,因为没有任何沙门……中略……梵天,能够如法地反驳说:“对于修持这些法的人来说,它们不足以构成障碍。”巴利
Ye cime bhagavatā kammavipākakilesūpavādaāṇāvītikkamappabhedā antarāyikā dhammā vuttā, alameva te ekantena antarāyāya, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘nālaṃ te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊为了彻底出离整个轮回之苦,开示了含摄戒、定、慧,分为七组、三十七品,以圣道为先导的无上出离法。对于依此修行的人来说,这出离法必定能让他从轮回之苦中出离。因此,没有任何沙门……中略……梵天,能够如法地诘问说:“你所开示的出离法并不能让人出离。”正如经中所说:“你自称是正自觉者,但这些法你并未完全觉悟。”广说如上。如此,世尊的这四种自信智——因为能了知自身智慧、断惑、说法这三方面的殊胜确实不虚,所以以不颠倒的方式生起——是真实的、不虚的、无颠倒的。世尊也因此如实成就,所以称为“如来”。巴利
Yo ca bhagavatā niravasesavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāya sīlasamādhipaññāsaṅgaho sattakoṭṭhāsiko sattatiṃsappabhedo ariyamaggapubbaṅgamo anuttaro niyyānadhammo desito, so ekanteneva niyyāti paṭipannassa vaṭṭadukkhato, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘niyyānadhammo tayā desito na niyyātī’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.150) vitthāro. Evametāni attano ñāṇappahānadesanāvisesānaṃ avitathabhāvāvabodhanato aviparītākārappavattāni bhagavato catuvesārajjañāṇāni tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,地狱趣、畜生趣、鬼趣、人趣、天趣,这就是五趣。其中,等活等地狱这八大地狱,火炭等地狱这十六个近边地狱,以及世界中间地狱——所有这些,因为纯粹是苦、毫无乐味,所以叫地狱;又因为是自己的业所要去的地方,所以叫趣,合起来就是地狱趣。极黑暗的寒地狱也都包括在这里面。虫、蛆、蚱蜢、蛇、鸟、狗、豺等类,因为身体是横着行的,所以叫畜生。它们所去的地方就是趣,所以叫畜生趣。被饥渴逼迫、靠别人施舍活命、有烧燃般渴爱等的众生,因为痛苦众多而远离殊胜的快乐,所以叫鬼。它们所去的地方就是趣,所以叫鬼趣。黑耳等阿修罗也都包括在这里面。和住在小洲的人一起,住在赡部洲等四大洲的人类,因为心意强盛,所以叫人。他们所去的地方就是趣,所以叫人趣。从四大王天开始,一直到非想非非想处的众生,这二十六种天众,因为凭借自己的神通威力嬉戏、放光,所以叫天。他们所去的地方就是趣,所以叫天趣。巴利
Tathā nirayagati, tiracchānagati, petagati, manussagati, devagatīti pañca gatiyo. Tāsu sañjīvādayo aṭṭha mahānirayā , kukkuḷādayo soḷasa ussadanirayā, lokantarikanirayo cāti sabbepime ekantadukkhatāya nirassādaṭṭhena nirayā ca, sakakammunā gantabbato gati cāti nirayagati. Tibbandhakārasītanarakāpi etesveva antogadhā kimikīṭapaṭaṅgasarīsapapakkhisoṇasiṅgālādayo tiriyaṃ añchitabhāvena tiracchānā nāma. Te eva gatīti tiracchānagati. Khuppipāsitaparadattūpajīvinijjhāmataṇhikādayo dukkhabahulatāya pakaṭṭhasukhato itā vigatāti petā, te eva gatīti petagati. Kālakañcikādiasurāpi etesveva antogadhā. Parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ jambudīpādicatumahādīpavāsino manaso ussannatāya manussā, te eva gatīti manussagati. Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagāti ime chabbīsati devanikāyā dibbanti attano iddhānubhāvena kīḷanti jotenti cāti devā, te eva gatīti devagati.
这些趣,因为是各种业所感得的再生有的不同状态,所以从实质上说,就是异熟蕴和业生色。在这里,世尊的智慧是这样运作的:按照各自的因果来区分和确定,也就是按处所、按因辨明:“这一趣是由这种业而投生的,这些众生群体因为那种业的缘的差别,才这样分成不同类别、界限分明。”因此世尊才说:巴利
Tā panetā gatiyo yasmā taṃtaṃkammanibbatto upapattibhavaviseso, tasmā atthato vipākakkhandhā kaṭattā ca rūpaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ayaṃ nāma gati nāma iminā kammunā jāyati, tassa kammassa paccayavisesehi evaṃ vibhāgabhinnattā visuṃ ete sattanikāyā evaṃ vibhāgabhinnā’’ti yathāsakaṃhetuphalavibhāgaparicchindanavasena ṭhānaso hetuso bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tenāha bhagavā –
舍利弗,有五种趣。哪五种?地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界、人、天。舍利弗,我了知地狱,了知通往地狱的道路,了知通往地狱的修行方式;我也了知,一个人按这样修行,在身体坏灭、死后,会投生到恶趣、苦处、堕落处、地狱之中。巴利
‘‘Pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā. Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi, nirayagāmiñca maggaṃ, nirayagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ; yathā paṭipanno ca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tañca pajānāmī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.153).
世尊的这些智慧,在各自的领域里都以不颠倒的方式生起,从不欺诳,所以是真实的、无谬的、无变异的。世尊也正是因为这样真实地成就了这些智慧,所以被称为如来。巴利
Tāni panetāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tasmiṃ tasmiṃ visaye aviparītākārappavattiyā avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,世尊的“根上下智”以五十种方式运作,通过如实了知众生在信等素质上的具足与欠缺状态,从而辨明谁是少尘垢者、谁是多尘垢者等差别。经中就是这样说的:“有信的人少尘垢,无信的人多尘垢”,并有详细的展开。巴利
Tathā yaṃ sattānaṃ saddhādiyogavikalabhāvāvabodhena apparajakkhamahārajakkhatādivisesavibhāvanaṃ paññāsāya ākārehi pavattaṃ bhagavato indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.111) vitthāro.
世尊的“意乐随眠智”是这样运作的:它如实辨明众生的意乐等差别,比如“这个人尘垢少,这个人持常见,这个人持断灭见,这个人安住在随顺忍中,这个人安住在如实智中,这个人的意乐是贪欲,不是出离等;这个人的意乐是出离,不是贪欲等”;又比如“这个人的欲贪极其强盛,不是对抗等;这个人的对抗极其强盛,不是欲贪等”;又比如“这个人的福行占优势,不是非福行,也不是不动行;这个人的非福行占优势,不是福行,也不是不动行;这个人的不动行占优势,不是福行,也不是非福行。这个人的身善行更突出,这个人的语善行更突出,这个人的意善行更突出。这个人是下劣胜解,这个人是殊胜胜解;这个人具足业障,这个人具足烦恼障,这个人具足异熟障;这个人不具足业障,也不具足烦恼障,不具足异熟障”。像这样,世尊的意乐随眠智以如实彰显众生意乐等种种差别的方式运作。针对这一点,经中说——巴利
Yañca ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo apparajakkho, ayaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ anulomikāyaṃ khantiyaṃ ṭhito, ayaṃ yathābhūtañāṇe ṭhito, ayaṃ kāmāsayo, na nekkhammādiāsayo, ayaṃ nekkhammāsayo, na kāmādiāsayo’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa kāmarāgo ativiya thāmagato, na paṭighādiko, imassa paṭigho ativiya thāmagato, na kāmarāgādiko’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa puññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na apuññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa apuññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa āneñjābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Imassa kāyasucaritaṃ adhikaṃ, imassa vacīsucaritaṃ, imassa manosucaritaṃ. Ayaṃ hīnādhimuttiko, ayaṃ paṇītādhimuttiko, ayaṃ kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ na kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, na kilesāvaraṇena, na vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato’’tiādinā ca sattānaṃ āsayādīnaṃ yathābhūtaṃ vibhāvanākārappavattaṃ bhagavato āsayānusayañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
在这里,如来知道众生的意乐倾向,知道他们的随眠烦恼,知道他们的习性,知道他们的胜解,也知道哪些众生有堪能、哪些没有堪能。等等(《无碍解道》1.113)。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, bhabbābhabbe satte jānātī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.113).
世尊的双神变智,不与任何人共有,能变现出种种神变游戏:从上半身与下半身、前身与后身,从右眼与左眼、右耳与左耳、右鼻孔与左鼻孔、右肩与左肩、两胁、手与脚,乃至每一指节之间、每一毛孔之间,同时涌出火堆与水流。针对此智,经中这样说:巴利
Yañca uparimaheṭṭhimapuratthimapacchimakāyehi dakkhiṇavāmaakkhikaṇṇasotanāsikāsotaaṃsakūṭapassahatthapādehi aṅgulaṅgulantarehi lomalomakūpehi ca aggikkhandhūdakadhārāpavattanaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vividhavikubbaniddhinimmāpanakaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihāriyañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
在这里,如来展现一种声闻弟子所没有的双神变:上半身冒出火堆,下半身涌出水流的;下半身冒出火堆,上半身涌出水流的。等等(《无碍解道》1.116)。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi. Uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.116).
还有,那作为世尊大悲上涌之所依缘的大悲入定之智——世尊看见众生被贪欲等以及生等种种苦法所逼恼,想要把他们从这些苦中救拔出来,于是以种种方式生起大悲上涌。正如经中所说:巴利
Yañca rāgādīhi jātiādīhi ca anekehi dukkhadhammehi upaddutaṃ sattanikāyaṃ tato nīharitukāmatāvasena nānānayehi pavattassa bhagavato mahākaruṇokkamanassa paccayabhūtaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ. Yathāha –
什么是如来的大悲定智?当诸佛世尊以种种方式观察时,大悲就进入众生之中;当诸佛世尊看见“世间居处正在炽燃”时,大悲就进入众生之中。巴利
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ? Bahukehi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti. –
以开头(《无碍解道》1.117)所说的八十九种行相作了分别。巴利
Ādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.117) ekūnanavutiyā ākārehi vibhajanaṃ kataṃ.
世尊有一种智慧:对于法界中一切应当了知的法——无论是有为、无为等等——不靠别人的教导,就能以一切方式完全了知;它仅凭意愿就能生起运作,而且不是声闻等其余众生所能共有的。由于这种智慧能以一切方式、毫无遗漏地通达有为法、无为法和世俗谛,所以称为“一切知智”;又因为它是在没有任何障碍的情况下生起的,毫无执著滞碍,所以也称为“无碍智”。这里是简略的说明,详细的解释将在后面显现。巴利
Yaṃ pana yāvatā dhammadhātu, yattakaṃ ñātabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatādi, tassa sabbassa paropadesena vinā sabbākārato paṭijānanasamatthaṃ ākaṅkhāmattappaṭibaddhavutti anaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ sabbathā anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutisaccāvabodhato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tatthāvaraṇābhāvatova nissaṅgappavattiṃ upādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti ca vuccati. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana parato āvi bhavissati.
世尊这六种不共智,因为都是以不颠倒的方式生起,对各自的对象不会欺诳,所以是真实的、不虚妄的、不会变异的。世尊也是这样如实而来,所以称为如来。巴利
Evametāni bhagavato cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni aviparītākārappavattiyā yathāsakaṃvisayassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样,经中说:“诸比丘,有这七种觉支——念觉支、择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支、轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支。”从它们各自的自性来看:在出世间道生起的那一刹那,以念等种种法聚合而成的这一组法,能对治昏沉、掉举、偏斜、过度用力、贪著欲乐、自我折磨、断见、常见等种种毛病。圣弟子靠它觉悟,从烦恼的沉睡中醒来,通达四圣谛,或者直接证得涅槃。这组法就叫做“菩提”。属于这菩提的支分,就是“觉支”。或者也可以说,圣弟子因为上面说的这组法而觉悟,所以称它为“菩提”;属于这菩提的支分,就是“觉支”。这是从共同的特征来说。再从各自不同的特征来说:念觉支以现起为特征,择法觉支以简择为特征,精进觉支以策励为特征,喜觉支以遍满为特征,轻安觉支以寂静为特征,定觉支以不散乱为特征,舍觉支以观察为特征。巴利
Tathā ‘‘sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17; saṃ. ni. 5.185) evaṃ sarūpato yāyaṃ lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānā līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtā satiādibhedā dhammasāmaggī, yāya ariyasāvako bujjhati, kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā saccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikaroti, sā dhammasāmaggī ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati, tassā bodhiyā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā. Ariyasāvako vā yathāvuttāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati. Tassa bodhissa aṅgāti bojjhaṅgāti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato, upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇo satisambojjhaṅgo, pavicayalakkhaṇo dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, paggahalakkhaṇo vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pharaṇalakkhaṇo pītisambojjhaṅgo, upasamalakkhaṇo passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, avikkhepalakkhaṇo samādhisambojjhaṅgo paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato.
在这里,什么是念觉支?在此,比丘具足正念,拥有最殊胜的念与慧,对很久以前做过的事、很久以前说过的话也能忆念、随念。像这样等经文(《分别论》467)说明:依七觉支互相资助的作用,显示它们在同一刹那生起。又如“在这里,什么是念觉支?有对内在诸法的念,有对外在诸法的念”等经文(《分别论》469),显示它们以所缘境分别而生起。又如“在这里,诸比丘,比丘修习念觉支,依止远离、依止离贪、依止灭尽,最终导向舍遣”等经文(《分别论》471),显示修习的方法。又如“在这里,什么是七觉支?在此,比丘当修习出世间禅那……那时,就有七觉支:念觉支……乃至……舍觉支。在这里,什么是念觉支?就是念、随念”等经文(《分别论》478),以九万六千种理趣分别说明。如此,世尊以种种方式生起、阐明觉支的智慧,因为对各自对应的义理没有欺诳,所以是真实的、不虚妄的、不变异的。世尊也是这样来到、成就这些真实之法,所以称为如来。巴利
‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā hoti anussaritā’’tiādinā (vibha. 467) sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ aññamaññūpakāravasena ekakkhaṇe pavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Atthi ajjhattaṃ dhammesu sati, atthi bahiddhā dhammesu satī’’tiādinā (vibha. 469) tesaṃ visayavibhāvanāpavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ, virāganissitaṃ, nirodhanissitaṃ, vosaggapariṇāmi’’ntiādinā (vibha. 471) bhāvanāvidhidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katame satta bojjhaṅgā? Idha bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… tasmiṃ samaye satta bojjhaṅgā honti, satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Yā sati anussatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 478) chanavutiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ nānākārato pavattāni bhagavato bojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni tassa tassa atthassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,这里说到:“其中,什么是趣向苦灭的道圣谛?就是这八支圣道,即:正见……乃至……正定。”这是从自性相来说明的。因为它远离一切烦恼,能造就圣者的品质,能使人获得圣果,所以称为“圣”。因为它有八种支分,又是证得涅槃的唯一原因,所以称为“八支”。它能灭除烦恼而前行,被求解脱的人所寻求,或者它自己寻求涅槃,所以称为“道”。这是从共相来说明的。“正见以正通达为相,正思惟以正安立为相,正语以正执持为相,正业以正发起为相,正命以正清净为相,正精进以正策励为相,正念以正现起为相,正定以正不散乱为相。”这是从别相来说明的。正见首先能断除邪见以及其它与自己敌对的烦恼,以涅槃为所缘,通过消除覆盖真相的愚痴,无迷惑地观见相应诸法。同样,正思惟等也断除邪思惟等,以灭尽为所缘,并对同时生起的诸法执行正安立、正执持、正发起、正清净、正策励、正现起、正安止的作用。这是从作用分别来说明的。正见在加行阶段有多个刹那,分别以苦等为所缘;到了道刹那,则是同一刹那,只以涅槃为所缘,并依作用获得“苦智”等四个名称。正思惟等在加行阶段有多个刹那、多种所缘;到了道刹那,则是同一刹那、同一所缘,其中正思惟依作用获得“出离思惟”等三个名称。正语等三支在加行阶段有“远离妄语”等种种区分,既是远离也是思;到了道刹那,则只是远离。正精进和正念依作用获得正勤、念处方面的四个名称。而正定在道刹那也依初禅等而有种种不同。这是从加行阶段与后续阶段的运作差别来说明的。“在此,诸比丘,比丘修习正见,依于远离……”这是从修习方式来说明的。“其中,什么是八支圣道?在此,诸比丘,当比丘修习出世间禅那……苦行道迟钝通达,那时便有八支圣道:正见、正思惟……”这是以八万四千种理趣来分别的。如此,世尊以种种方式生起、阐明圣道的智慧,因为对义理没有欺诳,所以全都是如实的、不虚妄的、不变异的。世尊也正是这样来到、成就这些如实之法,所以称为如来。巴利
Tathā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 205) evaṃ sarūpato. Sabbakilesehi ārakattā ariyabhāvakarattā ariyaphalapaṭilābhakarattā ca ariyo. Ariyānaṃ aṭṭhavidhattā nibbānādhigamāya ekantakāraṇattā ca aṭṭhaṅgiko. Kilese mārento gacchati, atthikehi maggīyati, sayaṃ vā nibbānaṃ maggayatīti maggoti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Sammādassanalakkhaṇā sammādiṭṭhi, sammāabhiniropanalakkhaṇo sammāsaṅkappo , sammāpariggahaṇalakkhaṇā sammāvācā , sammāsamuṭṭhāpanalakkhaṇo sammākammanto, sammāvodānalakkhaṇo sammāājīvo, sammāpaggahalakkhaṇo sammāvāyāmo, sammāupaṭṭhānalakkhaṇā sammāsati , sammāavikkhepalakkhaṇo sammāsamādhī’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato. Sammādiṭṭhi tāva aññehipi attano paccanīkakilesehi saddhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tappaṭicchādakamohavidhamanena asammohato sampayuttadhamme ca passati, tathā sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīni pajahanti, nirodhañca ārammaṇaṃ karonti, sahajātadhammānaṃ sammāabhiniropanapariggahaṇasamuṭṭhāpanavodānapaggahaupaṭṭhānasamādahanāni ca karontīti evaṃ kiccavibhāgato. Sammādiṭṭhi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā visuṃ dukkhādiārammaṇā hutvā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccato ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādīni cattāri nāmāni labhati. Sammāsaṅkappādayopi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā, maggakāle ekakkhaṇā ekārammaṇā, tesu sammāsaṅkappo kiccato ‘‘nekkhammasaṅkappo’’tiādīni tīṇi nāmāni labhati. Sammāvācādayo tayo pubbabhāge ‘‘musāvādā veramaṇī’’tiādivibhāgā viratiyopi cetanāyopi hutvā maggakkhaṇe viratiyova, sammāvāyāmasatiyo kiccato sammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasena cattāri nāmāni labhanti. Sammāsamādhi pana maggakkhaṇepi paṭhamajjhānādivasena nānā evāti evaṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgesu pavattivibhāgato. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’ntiādinā (vibha. 489) bhāvanāvidhito. ‘‘Tattha katamo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo hoti – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo’’tiādinā (vibha. 499) caturāsītiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ anekākārato pavattāni bhagavato ariyamaggavibhāvanañāṇāni atthassa avisaṃvādanato sabbānipi tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,对于初禅等至和灭尽定等至这些渐次等至,世尊的智慧以应当依次安住的方式、应当证入的方式,在渐次住等至中通过成就、观察等,以及按各自相应的情况而生起;由于这些智慧达成了它们各自的目的,所以是如实的、不虚妄的、不异变的。正因为世尊也是这样来到、成就这些“如”,所以称为“如来”。同样地,世尊如实了知“这是某事的处、这是非处”,毫无颠倒地了知每一个结果的因与非因;对有情的过去等种种不同类别的业行,毫无遗漏地如实了知它们各自的异熟;在造业的当下就如实了知“这是通往地狱的道……这是通往涅槃的道”,并了知有漏业与无漏业的区别;对蕴、处等,了知有执取、无执取等多种自性和不同自性,并以“因为某某界增盛,所以在这个法相续中产生这样的差别”等方式,如实了知界的种种差异;了知信等诸根的锐利与迟钝;了知杂染等以及禅那、解脱等;在有情无量的生死中,连同与之相系的,毫无遗漏地了知过去世所住的诸蕴相续;以低劣、殊胜等分别,连同死亡与结生都了知;又以“这是苦”等如前所述的方式了知四圣谛——这些世尊的十力智,因为能毫无偏差地各自深入自己的对象,又能成就所期望的目的,所以是如实的、不虚妄的、不异变的。巴利
Tathā paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyā ca nirodhasamāpattīti etāsu anupaṭipāṭiyā viharitabbaṭṭhena samāpajjitabbaṭṭhena ca anupubbavihārasamāpattīsu sampādanapaccavekkhaṇādivasena yathārahaṃ sampayogavasena ca pavattāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tadatthasiddhiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato. Tathā ‘‘idaṃ imassa ṭhānaṃ , idaṃ aṭṭhāna’’nti aviparītaṃ tassa tassa phalassa kāraṇākāraṇajānanaṃ, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ atītādibhedabhinnassa kammasamādānassa anavasesato yathābhūtaṃ vipākantarajānanaṃ, āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva tassa tassa sattassa ‘‘ayaṃ nirayagāminī paṭipadā…pe… ayaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yāthāvato sāsavānāsavakammavibhāgajānanaṃ, khandhāyatanānaṃ upādinnānupādinnādianekasabhāvaṃ nānāsabhāvañca tassa lokassa ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imasmiṃ dhammappabandhe ayaṃ viseso jāyatī’’tiādinā nayena yathābhūtaṃ dhātunānattajānanaṃ, saddhādiindriyānaṃ tikkhamudutājānanaṃ saṃkilesādīhi saddhiṃ jhānavimokkhādijānanaṃ, sattānaṃ aparimāṇāsu jātīsu tappaṭibandhena saddhiṃ anavasesato pubbenivutthakkhandhasantatijānanaṃ hīnādivibhāgehi saddhiṃ cutipaṭisandhijānanaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva catusaccajānananti imāni bhagavato dasabalañāṇāni avirajjhitvā yathāsakaṃvisayāvagāhanato yathādhippetatthasādhanato ca yathābhūtavuttiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –
在这里,如来如实了知“是处就是是处,非处就是非处”等等。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (vibha. 809; a. ni. 10.21).
世尊也是这样如实到达,所以称为如来。巴利
Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
正如依着这些智那样,依着前面说过的四念处、正勤等辨别智等——这些智慧品类无量无数、不可计数,而且是不共的殊胜智慧——世尊已经到达、已经证得那些如实之智,所以称为如来;也正因为如实到达,所以称为如来。巴利
Yathā cetesampi ñāṇānaṃ vasena, evaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānādivibhāvanañāṇādianantāparimeyyabhedānaṃ anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ paññāvisesānaṃ vasena bhagavā tathāni ñāṇāni āgato adhigatoti tathāgato, evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?世尊的殊胜出生、正等觉、法与律的施设、无余涅槃界,这些都是“如”。这话是什么意思呢?就是说,这些是世间怙主所希求、所推动的目标,因为其目的必定圆满成就、毫无欺诳,其意义真实不颠倒,所以说是“如”、不虚、不异。确实如此,这位世尊在还是菩萨的时候,圆满了三十种波罗蜜等前面所说的成就佛果的一切因行,住在兜率天。听到佛陀出世的消息后,一万个轮围世界的天神们聚集在一起,前来劝请:巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yā tā bhagavato abhijātiabhisambodhidhammavinayapaññāpanaanupādisesanibbānadhātuyo, tā tathā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadatthaṃ tā lokanāthena abhipatthitā pavattitā ca, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā avisaṃvādanato aviparītatthavuttiyā tathā avitathā anaññathā. Tathā hi ayaṃ bhagavā bodhisattabhūto samatiṃsapāramiparipūraṇādikaṃ vuttappakāraṃ sabbabuddhattahetuṃ sampādetvā tusitapure ṭhito buddhakolāhalaṃ sutvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi ekato sannipatitāhi upasaṅkamitvā –
大雄,你的时机到了,请降入母胎吧。
正在救度包括诸天在内的世间,请觉悟不死之境。巴利
‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
他被劝请之后,先观察了五种大观察的前兆,心想:“我现在要投生到人间,成就正等正觉。”于是在阿沙荼月满月那天,在释迦王族中,投入了摩诃摩耶王后的腹中结生。十个月里,天人和人们以盛大的恭敬围绕守护他,到了毗舍佉月满月那天破晓时分,他完成了殊胜的降生。巴利
Āyācito uppannapubbanimitto pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā ‘‘idāni ahaṃ manussayoniyaṃ uppajjitvā abhisambujjhissāmī’’ti āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ sakyarājakule mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse devamanussehi mahatā parihārena parihariyamāno visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ paccūsasamaye abhijātiṃ pāpuṇi.
就在他出生的那一刻,就像当初入胎时一样,三十二种预兆显现出来:这一万个世界界震动、剧烈震动、猛烈震动;在一万个轮围世界里,无量光明遍照。仿佛是为了看见他的威德,盲人得到了眼睛,聋人听见了声音,哑巴开口说话了,驼背的人身体变直了,跛脚的人能够走路了,所有被捆绑关押的众生都从镣铐、枷锁等束缚中解脱出来,一切地狱里的火都熄灭了,饿鬼道中的饥渴止息了,畜生道里的众生不再恐惧,一切众生的疾病都痊愈了,一切众生都说话柔和亲切,马发出悦耳的嘶鸣和欢快的声音,象发出吼声,所有乐器不用人弹奏就自己发出各自的声音,人们身上佩戴的璎珞等饰品不用触碰就发出悦耳的声音,所有方向都变得明净清朗,一阵柔和清凉的风吹来,让众生感到快乐,非时之雨降下,大地涌出水流,飞鸟停在空中不再飞翔,河流停止流动,大海的水变成了甜的,在远离尘垢的太阳照耀下,空中所有的星光都明亮地显现,除了无色界的天人以外,其余所有天人和所有地狱众生都变成了可见的形象,树木、墙壁、门扇、岩石等都不再成为障碍,众生的死亡与投生都不再发生,一切不好的气味都被压过,天香弥漫,所有该结果的树都结满了果实,大海处处都被五色莲花覆盖了水面,陆生水生等一切花都盛开了,树干上开出茎莲,树枝上开出枝莲,藤蔓上开出藤莲,大地和岩石表面裂开,一层一层各七朵地涌出叫做“杖莲”的花,空中垂下莲花,四面八方降下花雨,空中天乐奏响,整个一万世界界就像被旋转后抛出的花环,又像被挤压后流动的花簇,又像装饰齐备的花座,成为一个花环庄严、拂尘闪烁、花香熏染、达到极美境界的世界。这些预兆,正是后来所证得的种种殊胜成就的征兆。就这样,这次殊胜的降生伴随着种种奇异的显现,他所祈愿的目的——成就正自觉——因为必定能够实现,所以确实如此,真实不虚,毫无变异。巴利
Abhijātikkhaṇe panassa paṭisandhiggahaṇakkhaṇe viya dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni pāturahesuṃ, ayaṃ dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu aparimāṇo obhāso phari, tassa, taṃ siriṃ daṭṭhukāmā viya andhā cakkhūni paṭilabhiṃsu, badhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu, mūgā samālapiṃsu, khujjā ujugattā ahesuṃ, paṅgulā padasā gamanaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, bandhanagatā sabbasattā andubandhanādīhi mucciṃsu, sabbanarakesu aggi nibbāyi, pettivisaye khuppipāsā vūpasami, tiracchānānaṃ bhayaṃ nāhosi, sabbasattānaṃ rogo vūpasami, sabbasattā piyaṃvadā ahesuṃ, madhurenākārena assā hasiṃsu, vāraṇā gajjiṃsu, sabbatūriyāni sakasakaninnādaṃ muñciṃsu, aghaṭṭitāni eva manussānaṃ hatthūpagādīni ābharaṇāni madhurenākārena saddaṃ muñciṃsu, sabbadisā vippasannā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ sukhaṃ uppādayamāno mudusītalavāto vāyi, akālamegho vassi, pathavitopi udakaṃ ubbhijjitvā vissandi, pakkhino ākāsagamanaṃ vijahiṃsu, nadiyo asandamānā aṭṭhaṃsu, mahāsamudde madhuraṃ udakaṃ ahosi, upakkilesavinimutte sūriye dippamāne eva ākāsagatā sabbā jotiyo jotiṃsu, ṭhapetvā arūpāvacare deve avasesā sabbe devā sabbe ca nerayikā dissamānarūpā ahesuṃ, tarukuṭṭakavāṭaselādayo anāvaraṇabhūtā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ cutūpapātā nāhesuṃ, sabbaṃ aniṭṭhagandhaṃ abhibhavitvā dibbagandho pavāyi, sabbe phalūpagā rukkhā phaladharā sampajjiṃsu, mahāsamuddo sabbatthakameva pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi sañchannatalo ahosi, thalajajalajādīni sabbapupphāni pupphiṃsu, rukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhāpadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni, pupphiṃsu, mahītalasilātalāni bhinditvā uparūpari satta satta hutvā daṇḍapadumāni nāma nikkhamiṃsu, ākāse olambakapadumāni nibbattiṃsu, samantato pupphavassaṃ vassi ākāse dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu, sakaladasasahassilokadhātu vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamālāguḷaṃ viya, uppīḷetvā pavattamālākalāpo viya, alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mālāsanaṃ viya ca ekamālāmālinī vipphurantavāḷabījanī pupphadhūpagandhaparivāsitā paramasobhaggappattā ahosi, tāni ca pubbanimittāni upari adhigatānaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ nimittabhūtāni eva ahesuṃ. Evaṃ anekacchariyapātubhāvā ayaṃ abhijāti yadatthaṃ tena abhipatthitā, tassā abhisambodhiyā ekantasiddhiyā tathāva ahosi avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,那些应当由佛陀来调伏、应当与觉悟结下因缘的亲族们,全部都由世尊亲自调伏,一个也没有剩下。而那些应当由声闻来调伏、应当由法来调伏的,也由声闻等众调伏,正在得到调伏,将来也会得到调伏。因此,世尊所希求的正等觉,由于这个目的必定能够实现,所以正等觉是真实的、不虚的、不会变成别的样子。巴利
Tathā ye buddhaveneyyā bodhaneyyabandhavā, te sabbepi anavasesato sayameva bhagavatā vinītā. Ye ca sāvakaveneyyā dhammaveneyyā ca, tepi sāvakādīhi vinītā vinayaṃ gacchanti gamissanti cāti yadatthaṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhi abhipatthitā, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
而且,对于每一个应当被了知的法,它各自应当被觉悟的自性是什么,世尊都凭着自己那仅仅依靠作意就能生起的智慧,毫无颠倒、毫无遗漏地完全证知了,就像放在手掌中的庵摩罗果一样。因此,这“正等觉”也是如实的、不虚的、不异的。巴利
Apica yassa yassa ñeyyadhammassa yo yo sabhāvo bujjhitabbo, so so hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya āvajjanamattapaṭibaddhena attano ñāṇena aviparītaṃ anavasesato bhagavatā abhisambuddhoti evampi abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样,对于每一种法,应当以怎样的方式宣说,以及对于每一个有情的意乐、随眠、行迹和胜解,世尊都如实观察之后,在不背离法性、不越出假名施设——即仅仅作为言说表达的界限——的同时,阐明法性;随其过失、随其意乐、随顺法理而加以教导。就这样,世尊把应当受调伏的众生调伏了,使他们到达圣者的境地。因此,他安立法与律,由于成就了其中的义利、由于如实而行,也是真实的、不虚的、不异的。巴利
Tathā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ tathā tathā desetabbappakāraṃ, tesaṃ tesañca sattānaṃ āsayānusayacariyādhimuttiṃ sammadeva oloketvā dhammataṃ avijahanteneva paññattinayaṃ vohāramattaṃ anatidhāvanteneva ca dhammataṃ vibhāventena yathāparādhaṃ yathājjhāsayaṃ yathādhammañca anusāsantena bhagavatā veneyyā vinītā ariyabhūmiṃ sampāpitāti dhammavinayapaññāpanāpissa tadatthasiddhiyā yathābhūtavuttiyā ca tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样,世尊所证得的那种境界,脱离以地等、触、受等为始的色与非色之自性;因为既没有坏灭也没有崩坏,所以超越了世间的自性;因为远离黑暗,所以不被任何事物所照亮;正因为无世间的自性,所以没有来去等状态;它无所住,没有所缘,是甘露、伟大的涅槃界。由于在被称为“蕴”的执取中,连最微细的一分也不存在,所以也称为“无余”。针对这一点,经中说:巴利
Tathā yā sā bhagavatā anuppattā pathaviyādiphassavedanādirūpārūpasabhāvanimuttā lujjanapalujjanabhāvābhāvato lokasabhāvātītā tamasā visaṃsaṭṭhattā kenaci anobhāsanīyā lokasabhāvābhāvato eva gatiādibhāvarahitā appatiṭṭhā anārammaṇā amatamahānibbānadhātu khandhasaṅkhātānaṃ upādīnaṃ lesamattassāpi abhāvato ‘‘anupādisesā’’tipi vuccati. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
比丘们,存在这样一个处:在那里,没有地,没有水,没有火,没有风;没有空无边处,没有识无边处,没有无所有处,没有非想非非想处;没有这个世界,没有另一个世界,也没有日月两者。比丘们,对那个处,我不说它有来,不说它有去,不说它有停留,不说它有死亡,不说它有再生;它无所依止,不向前运转,无所缘取。这就是苦的尽头。巴利
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī na āpo na tejo na vāyo na ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ na viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ na ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nāyaṃ loko na paro loko na ca ubho candimasūriyā. Tamahaṃ, bhikkhave, neva āgatiṃ vadāmi na gatiṃ na ṭhitiṃ na cutiṃ na upapattiṃ; appatiṭṭhaṃ appavattaṃ anārammaṇamevetaṃ esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 71).
这个(涅槃)是一切取蕴的灭尽,一切行的止息,一切依着的舍离,一切苦的平息,一切执取的根除,一切轮回的断绝,以毕竟寂静为特征。因为所说的这种自性任何时候都不会欺骗,所以它是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的。如此,对于这些“如”等(特质),已如是而去、到达、获得、证得、抵达者,就是如来。因此,世尊以“如是而去”之义,名为如来。巴利
Sā sabbesampi upādānakkhandhānaṃ atthaṅgamo sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatho, sabbūpadhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo, sabbadukkhānaṃ vūpasamo, sabbālayānaṃ samugghāto, sabbavaṭṭānaṃ upacchedo, accantasantilakkhaṇāti yathāvuttasabhāvassa kadācipi avisaṃvādanato tathā avitathā anaññathā . Evametā abhijātiādikā tathā gato upagato adhigato paṭipanno pattoti tathāgato. Evaṃ bhagavā tathā gatoti tathāgato.
为什么说“像那样的人”就是如来?因为过去的正自觉者是什么样,我们的世尊也是什么样。这话说的是什么意思呢?那些世尊在道戒、果戒,乃至一切世间与出世间的戒上是什么样;在道定、果定,乃至一切世间与出世间的定上是什么样;在道慧、果慧,乃至一切世间与出世间的慧上是什么样;在每天所行的二十四百千亿种定住中是什么样;在智相应解脱、镇伏解脱、正断解脱、止息解脱、出离解脱上是什么样——简要来说是这样,详细来说,则是以无量无边种种不可思议的威德、以全部的一切知智功德来说,我们的世尊也同样是这样。因为一切正自觉者虽然在寿命、身量、家族、难行苦行、身光这五个方面可能有差别,但在戒清净等种种清净上,在止观修行道上,在自己所证得的功德上,却没有任何差别。就像剖开的黄金,彼此没有分别,诸佛世尊也是这样平等无别。所以,过去的正自觉者是什么样,我们的世尊也就是什么样。这样,“像那样的人”就是如来。这里“gata”这个词,意思就是“vidha”(样、类)。因为在世间用法中,人们把带有“vidha”的“gata”一词用在表示“种类、样子”的意思上。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato? Yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvidhā te bhagavanto maggasīlena, phalasīlena, sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasīlena, maggasamādhinā, phalasamādhinā, sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, maggapaññāya, phalapaññāya, sabbāyapi lokiyalokuttarapaññāya, devasikaṃ vaḷañjitabbehi catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattivihārehi, tadaṅgavimuttiyā vikkhambhanavimuttiyā samucchedavimuttiyā paṭippassaddhivimuttiyā nissaraṇavimuttiyāti saṅkhepato, vitthārato pana anantāparimāṇabhedehi acinteyyānubhāvehi sakalasabbaññuguṇehi, ayampi amhākaṃ bhagavā tathāvidho. Sabbesañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ āyuvemattaṃ, sarīrappamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, dukkaracariyāvemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti imehi pañcahi vemattehi siyā vemattaṃ, na pana sīlavisuddhiādīsu visuddhīsu samathavipassanāpaṭipattiyaṃ attanā paṭividdhaguṇesu ca kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ atthi, atha kho majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya aññaṃmaññaṃ nibbisesā te buddhā bhagavanto. Tasmā yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Evaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato. Vidhattho cettha gatasaddo. Tathā hi lokiyā vidhayuttagatasadde pakāratthe vadanti.
怎样才是“如此而行”所以叫如来?因为世尊具足了不共于他人的神通威力,达到了义无碍解等的最高圆满,又获得了无障碍的智慧,所以世尊的身行等无论在哪里都没有阻碍,能随自己的意愿而行。这种“行”——也就是身、语、意的活动——是他所具有的,所以叫如来。这样,“如此而行”就叫如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāpavattikoti tathāgato? Anaññasādhāraṇena iddhānubhāvena samannāgatattā atthapaṭisambhidādīnaṃ ukkaṃsapāramippattiyā anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhena ca bhagavato kāyappavattiyādīnaṃ katthaci paṭighātābhāvato yathāruci tathā gataṃ gati gamanaṃ kāyavacīcittappavatti etassāti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāpavattikoti tathāgato.
怎样才是“以如实智而不去”的如来?在积累菩提资粮时,与这些资粮相违背的活动,对他来说已经不存在,所以叫“不去”。而他这种“不去”,是通过如实智达成的,也就是以正确观察悭吝、布施波罗蜜等的过患与功德等方式生起的智慧。以如实智而不去,所以叫如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathehi agatoti tathāgato? Bodhisambhārasambharaṇe tappaṭipakkhappavattisaṅkhātaṃ natthi etassa gatanti agato. So panassa agatabhāvo maccheradānapāramiādīsu aviparītaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇādinayappavattehi ñāṇehīti tathehi ñāṇehi agatoti tathāgato.
或者也可以这样说:所谓“不来”,是指他没有烦恼造作的活动,也没有五蕴的活动,也就是不再有在五趣中趣向、行走的状态。而他这种“不来”的状态,是通过证得有余涅槃和无余涅槃,并依靠如实的圣道智而成立的。因此,世尊也可以说是“以如实而来”,所以称为如来。巴利
Atha vā kilesābhisaṅkhārappavattisaṅkhātaṃ khandhappavattisaṅkhātameva vā pañcasupi gatīsu gataṃ gamanaṃ etassa natthīti agato. Saupādisesaanupādisesanibbānappattiyā svāyamassa agatabhāvo tathehi ariyamaggañāṇehīti evampi bhagavā tathehi āgatoti tathāgato.
如来为什么因为“如来性”而被称为如来呢?“因为如来性”的意思是:以如来的真实状态,也就是以他的存在性,这就是这句话的含义。那么,这个如来是什么呢?正因其存在性,世尊才被称为如来。是正法。
正法当中,圣道确实是这样:依靠止观双运的力量,彻底铲除一切烦恼,通过正断的方式应当到达,这就是“如去”。果法则是依照与自身之道相应的方式,通过安息断的方式应当到达,这就是“如去而现起”。涅槃法则是通过智慧所通达,为了止息一切轮回之苦而成就,被诸佛等所证悟,所以是“如去”,因此叫如来。
教理法也是这样:过去诸佛以经、应颂等方式宣说,并开示其流传等情形,为随顺所化众生的根性意乐等而流转,我们的世尊也同样如此宣说、流传,所以叫如来。或者,像世尊所宣说的那样,世尊的弟子们也如此随行、通达,所以叫如来。这样一来,一切正法都是如来。因此帝释天说:“如来为天人所敬奉,我们礼敬正法,愿得安乐。”这个正法存在于世尊之中,所以世尊是如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgato? Tathāgatabhāvenāti ca tathāgatassa sabbhāvena, atthitāyāti attho. Ko panesa tathāgato, yassa atthitāya bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccatīti? Saddhammo. Saddhammo hi ariyamaggo tāva yathā yuganaddhasamathavipassanābalena anavasesakilesapakkhaṃ samūhanantena samucchedappahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato. Phaladhammo yathā attano maggānurūpaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato pavatto. Nibbānadhammo pana yathā gato paññāya paṭividdho sakalavaṭṭadukkhavūpasamāya sampajjati, buddhādīhi tathā gato sacchikatoti tathāgato. Pariyattidhammopi yathā purimabuddhehi suttageyyādivasena pavattiādippakāsanavasena ca veneyyānaṃ āsayādianurūpaṃ pavattito, amhākampi bhagavatā tathā gato gadito pavattitoti vā tathāgato. Yathā bhagavatā desito, tathā bhagavato sāvakehi gato avagatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ sabbopi saddhammo tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devānamindo ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.17; su. ni. 240). Svāssa atthīti bhagavā tathāgato.
就像法那样,圣僧伽也是如此:那些为了自利和利他而修行的人,以极为清净的前分止观修行之道为先导,然后沿着各各圣道前行,这就是如实地到达、如实地行去,所以称为如来。或者,像世尊所教导的谛、缘起等道理那样,因为已经成佛,所以能如实宣说,因此也称为如来。所以天王帝释说:“如来为天人所崇敬,我们顶礼僧伽,愿得安乐。”(《小诵》6.18;《经集》241)而这个僧伽作为声闻弟子,也是世尊所拥有的,所以世尊是如来。这就是从如来性的角度称为如来。巴利
Yathā ca dhammo, evaṃ ariyasaṅghopi, yathā attahitāya parahitāya ca paṭipannehi suvisuddhaṃ pubbabhāgasamathavipassanāpaṭipadaṃ purakkhatvā tena tena maggena gantabbaṃ, taṃ taṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato. Yathā vā bhagavatā saccapaṭiccasamuppādādinayo desito, tathā ca buddhattā tathā gadanato ca tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devarājā – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.18; su. ni. 241), svāssa sāvakabhūto atthīti bhagavā tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgato.
这一点也只是在显示如来之所以为如来时的一个开头而已,只有如来自己才能以一切方式完整说明如来的如来性。因为“如来”这个词含义重大、趣向广大、境界广阔,就像“不放逸”这个词一样,即使把整部三藏佛语都按道理、按意义拿来铺陈,也不能说这位说法者“从非渡口一头扎进去”。巴利
Idampi tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvadīpane mukhamattakameva, sabbākārena pana tathāgatova tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvaṃ vaṇṇeyya. Idañhi tathāgatapadaṃ mahatthaṃ, mahāgatikaṃ, mahāvisayaṃ, tassa appamādapadassa viya tepiṭakampi buddhavacanaṃ yuttito atthabhāvena āharanto ‘‘atitthena dhammakathiko pakkhando’’ti na vattabboti.
这里说的是:巴利
Tatthetaṃ vuccati –
就像世间过去那些大仙人一样,
牟尼们已经来到这里,成就了一切知。
同样,这位释迦牟尼也来到了这里,
他被具眼者称为如来。
彻底舍弃了欲等一切污垢,毫无残留,
胜者们通过定与智,如此这般地前行。
往昔的释迦牟尼,持有光辉者,
如此而去,因此被认为是如来。
而界、处等法的特相也是这样,
按自性、共通、分别、差别来区分;
这位胜者凭自生智而来,
如来被称为释迦族的雄牛。
他以遍照一切的眼,如实看清了那些真理,
同样地,也要从一切方面此缘性。
不依他人之智,而是通过正理得以阐明。
如此而去,因此这位胜者就是如来。
即使在种种各不相同的世间界中,
在胜利者的色处等境界中,
于种种差别,见亦如是。
如来因此被称为遍眼者。
当他如实宣说正法,
他按照自己的言语行事。
世间被种种功德胜过并引导。
如来也因此是世间导师。
就这样,以这样的方式,完全地遍知之后,
他了知了世间,并超越了它的根源。
他已经通过亲身体证而到达寂灭。
如来已经走上圣道。
就这样,按照承诺,以一切方式完全如此。
为了世间的利益,正是那位来到的。
同样,这位救护者始终以悲悯之心。
胜者、如来也因那一点而被称为“已去者”。
诸智如实,他从那里而来。
因为如实了知所缘的真实本性;
如来从这样的出身等开始。
由于完成了那个目的,所以叫“如来”。
就像过去那些大圣者一样,
就像那样的人,也随自己的喜好那样去做。
言语的运作,因为心的状态如此微细,
如来被称为最上士。
从前从正觉资粮的对立面
已去者,甚至不是轮回中的去者,或彼之;
对于照见存在之尽头的依怙者,根本不存在,
因此,确实如此,如来已去。
如来是法中最殊胜者,由大仙所说。
就像应当断除的污垢被断除了一样;
如来是圣者僧团的导师。
由于具足彼之状态,故为如来。巴利
‘‘Yatheva loke purimā mahesino, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā. ‘‘Pahāya kāmādimale asesato, Samādhiñāṇehi yathā gatā jinā; Purātanā sakyamunī jutindharo, Tathā gato tena tathāgato mato. ‘‘Tathañca dhātāyatanādilakkhaṇaṃ, Sabhāvasāmaññavibhāgabhedato; Sayambhuñāṇena jinoyamāgato, Tathāgato vuccati sakyapuṅgavo. ‘‘Tathāni saccāni samantacakkhunā, Tathā idappaccayatā ca sabbaso; Anaññaneyyā nayato vibhāvitā, Tathā gato tena jino tathāgato. ‘‘Anekabhedāsupi lokadhātusu, Jinassa rūpāyatanādigocare; Vicittabhede tathameva dassanaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantalocano. ‘‘Yato ca dhammaṃ tathameva bhāsati, Karoti vācāyanurūpamattano; Guṇehi lokaṃ abhibhuyyirīyati, Tathāgato tenapi lokanāyako. ‘‘Tathā pariññāya tathāya sabbaso, Avedi lokaṃ pabhavaṃ atikkami; Gato ca paccakkhakiriyāya nibbutiṃ, Ariyamaggañca gato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathā paṭiññāya tathāya sabbaso, Hitāya lokassa yatoyamāgato; Tathāya nātho karuṇāya sabbadā, Gato ca tenāpi jino tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāni ñāṇāni yatoyamāgato, Yathāsabhāvaṃ visayāvabodhato; Tathābhijātippabhutī tathāgato, Tadatthasampādanato tathāgato. ‘‘Yathāvidhā te purimā mahesino, Tathāvidhoyampi tathā yathāruci; Pavattavācā tanucittabhāvato, Tathāgato vuccati aggapuggalo. ‘‘Sambodhisambhāravipakkhato pure, Gataṃ na saṃsāragatampi tassa vā; Na catthi nāthassa bhavantadassino, Tathehi tasmā agato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāgato dhammavaro mahesinā, Yathā pahātabbamalaṃ pahīyati; Tathāgato ariyagaṇo vināyako, Tathāgato tena samaṅgibhāvato’’ti.
在“阿拉汉、正自觉者”这个说法里,“阿拉汉”这个词的意思前面已经讲过了。所谓“正自觉者”,是因为他正确、而且完全靠自己觉悟了一切法。也就是说,凡是能被认知的任何事物,他都以一切方式、毫无颠倒地,完全靠自己彻底觉悟了全部。这就说明:他不依赖别人的教导,有能力以一切方式通达一切法,他的运作随其愿欲而转,也就是证得了被称为“无碍智”的一切知智。巴利
Arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhanti ettha arahāti padassa attho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhaṃ. Yaṃkiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, tassa sabbassapi sabbākārato aviparītato sayameva abhisambuddhattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Imināssa paropadesarahitassa sabbākārena sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttino anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātassa sabbaññutaññāṇassa adhigamo dassito.
难道不是这样吗:无碍智不就是有别于一切知智吗?否则“六种不共智就是佛陀之智”这句话不就自相矛盾了吗?并不矛盾。因为这是按照所缘境界和生起方式的差别,为了说明同一个智相对于其他智是不共的,才把同一个智说成两种。实际上,那同一个智以无余的有为法、无为法和施设法为所缘境,所以叫“一切知智”;又因为对那些法没有障碍,依无著而行,所以叫“无碍智”。巴利
Nanu ca sabbaññutaññāṇato aññaṃ anāvaraṇaṃ, aññathā cha asādhāraṇāni ñāṇāni buddhañāṇānīti vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti? Na virujjhati, visayappavattibhedavasena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ ekasseva ñāṇassa dvidhā vuttattā. Ekameva hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutidhammavisayatāya sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha ca āvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgacāramupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti vuttaṃ. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
了知一切有为法与无为法而无所剩余,这叫一切知智;对其中没有障碍,这叫无碍智。等等。巴利
‘‘Sabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’ntiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.119).
所以,从意义上说,它们之间并没有差别,这一点就应该完全这样认定。否则,一切知智和无碍智就会变成共通的了,也会变成不以一切法为所缘。事实上,世尊的智慧连极微小的障碍都没有;而如果无碍智不以一切法为所缘,那么在它不运作的地方,由于那里本质上就是障碍,无碍性本身就不可能成立。或者换个说法,就算承认无碍智和一切知智是两回事,但这里因为说的是在一切处都无阻碍地运作,所以这里所指的“无碍智”就是一切知智本身。正是由于证得这种智慧,世尊才被称为一切知者、一切见者、正自觉者,而不是因为仅仅一次通达了一切法。同样,《无碍解道》中也这样说:巴利
Tasmā natthi nesaṃ atthato bhedo, ekantenevetaṃ evamicchitabbaṃ. Aññathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ sādhāraṇatā asabbadhammārammaṇatā ca āpajjeyya. Na hi bhagavato ñāṇassa aṇumattampi āvaraṇaṃ atthi, anāvaraṇañāṇassa ca asabbadhammārammaṇabhāve yattha taṃ na pavattati tatthāvaraṇasabbhāvato anāvaraṇabhāvoyeva na siyā. Atha vā pana hotu aññameva anāvaraṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇato, idha pana sabbattha appaṭihatavuttitāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti sabbaññutaññāṇameva adhippetaṃ, tassevādhigamena bhagavā sabbaññū sabbavidū sammāsambuddhoti vuccati, na sakiṃyeva sabbadhammāvabodhato. Tathā ca vuttaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
这就是诸佛世尊在菩提树下,与证得一切知智同时现证的解脱终极施设,即“佛陀”。巴利
‘‘Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ buddho’’ti.
因为世尊正是通过证得能够了悟一切法的智慧,才在他的心相续中具备了彻底通达一切法的能力。巴利
Sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthañāṇasamadhigamena hi bhagavato santāne anavasesadhamme paṭivijjhituṃ samatthatā ahosīti.
这里有人提出疑问:那么,这个智在生起时,是一次性地在一切所缘上生起,还是依次第生起呢?这又有什么问题呢?如果它一次性地在一切所缘上生起,那么,对于被过去、未来、现在、内、外等种种差别所划分的诸有为法、无为法和施设法,当它们同时呈现时,就像从远处看画布一样,无法按所缘的差别来加以了知。如果真是这样,那么对于观照“一切法无我”的修行者来说,世尊的智就会像以无我相观照那样,以不分辨诸法的方式把一切法都作为所缘——这就会导致过失。也有人主张:“这种以一切应知法的安住特相为所缘、远离分别、一切时中都在佛陀心中生起的智,因此他们被称为一切知者。这样一来——”巴利
Etthāha – kiṃ panidaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattamānaṃ sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, udāhu kamenāti? Kiñcettha – yadi tāva sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, atītānāgatappaccupannaajjhattabahiddhādibhedabhinnānaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ asaṅkhatasammutidhammānañca ekajjhaṃ upaṭṭhāne dūrato cittapaṭaṃ pekkhantassa viya visayavibhāgenāvabodho na siyā, tathā ca sati ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti vipassantānaṃ anattākārena viya sabbadhammā anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇassa visayā hontīti āpajjati. Yepi ‘‘sabbañeyyadhammānaṃ ṭhitalakkhaṇavisayaṃ vikapparahitaṃ sabbakālaṃ buddhānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tena te sabbavidūti vuccanti. Evañca katvā –
‘‘Caraṃ samāhito nāgo, tiṭṭhantopi samāhito’’ti. –
他们说“这句话也说得好”,但前面说的那些过失,他们也逃不掉。而且,如果以“住立相”作为所缘,那么过去法、未来法和施设法都没有这个住立相,世尊的智就只会局限于一部分对象。所以,“智只生起一次”这种说法站不住脚。巴利
‘‘Idampi vacanaṃ suvuttaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, tesampi vuttadosānātivatti, ṭhitalakkhaṇārammaṇatāya ca atītānāgatasammutidhammānaṃ tadabhāvato, ekadesavisayameva bhagavato ñāṇaṃ siyā. Tasmā sakiṃyeva ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati.
那么,智是依次在一切境上生起的吗?这样说也不合理。因为所应知的对象,由于生类、生处、自性等不同,以及方位、地域、时间等不同,而有无数种差别;如果要依次第去了知它,就不可能对它无余通达,因为所应知的对象本来就没有边际。
至于有些人说:“因为义理不相违,所以世尊先亲自现见所应知对象的一部分,然后对其余部分也以‘同样如此’来信解确定,因此世尊是一切知者;而且这种智不是比量,因为它没有疑惑。世间与疑惑相伴的智才是比量智。”——他们这种说法也不合理。因为,当一切并非都是现见时,仅凭“义理不相违”,就先现见所应知对象的一部分,再对其余部分以“同样如此”来信解确定,这是不可能的。因为那其余的部分,就是非现见的。如果那其余部分也是现见的,那它就不可能有“其余”的性质了。所以这一切说法都没有道理。为什么?因为这属于不可思维的范围。世尊确实说过:巴利
Atha kamena sabbasmiṃ visaye ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti? Evampi na yujjati. Na hi jātibhūmisabhāvādivasena disādesakālādivasena ca anekabhedabhinne ñeyye kamena gayhamāne tassa anavasesapaṭivedho sambhavati apariyantabhāvato ñeyyassa. Ye pana ‘‘atthassa avisaṃvādanato ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanena sabbaññū bhagavā, tañca ñāṇaṃ na anumānikaṃ saṃsayābhāvato. Saṃsayānubaddhañhi loke anumānañāṇa’’nti vadanti, tesampi na yuttaṃ. Sabbassa hi apaccakkhabhāve atthassa avisaṃvādanena ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanassa asambhavato. Yañhi taṃ sesaṃ, taṃ apaccakkhanti. Atha tampi paccakkhaṃ, tassa sesabhāvo pana na siyāti sabbametaṃ akāraṇaṃ. Kasmā? Avisayavicārabhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,佛陀的境界不可思议,不该去思维;谁要是去思维,就会落得发疯、心智崩溃的下场。巴利
‘‘Buddhavisayo, bhikkhave, acinteyyo, na cintetabbo; yo cinteyya, ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77).
这里要确立的定论是:凡是世尊想了知的,无论是全部还是部分,他的智都在那上面毫无阻碍地直接现前生起;而且因为恒常定止、没有散乱,对于想了知的全部对象,不会因为“这不是他的境界”而令他的愿望受到限制。一定要这样认定:正如经文所说,“一切法对于佛世尊来说,都是随转向而现、随愿求而现、随作意而现、随心生起而现。”世尊对过去、未来之境的智,也完全远离推论、比量、思辨和执取,所以纯粹是现量。巴利
Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – yaṃkiñci bhagavatā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ sakalamekadeso vā, tattha appaṭihatavuttitāya paccakkhato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, niccasamādhānañca vikkhepābhāvato, ñātuṃ icchitassa sakalassa avisayabhāvato tassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttitā na siyā, ekanteneva sā icchitabbā ‘‘sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā, ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhā, manasikārapaṭibaddhā, cittuppādapaṭibaddhā’’ti (mahāni. 69; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85) vacanato. Atītānāgatavisayampi bhagavato ñāṇaṃ anumānāgamanatakkaggahaṇavirahitattā paccakkhameva.
难道在这个立场上也有同样的质疑吗:当世尊想要了知全部时,他的智难道不会因为一次性以全体为所缘,而以一种无法被构想的方式生起,因此超越前面所说的过失吗?不是这样的,因为他的境界已经被彻底净化了。正因为佛陀的境界已被净化,所以才说它不可思议。否则,如果诸佛世尊的智和凡夫的智在运作方式上没有差别,那么诸佛世尊的智就不会具有不可思议的特质了。因此,即使是以一切法为所缘,那智也能像以单一法为所缘一样,在诸法已被妥善安立的情况下生起——这就是此处所说的不可思议。所应知的范围有多大,智就有多大;智有多大,所应知的范围就有多大。智以所应知为边界,所应知以智为边界。就这样,无论是总合地、个别地、一次性还是次第地,随其所愿,正确且亲自地了知一切法,因此觉悟成佛,所以世尊就是正自觉者。这就是正自觉者。巴利
Nanu ca etasmimpi pakkhe yadā sakalaṃ ñātuṃ icchitaṃ, tadā sakimeva sakalavisayatāya anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavatteyyāti vuttadosānātivattiyevāti? Na, tassa visodhitattā. Visodhito hi so buddhavisayo acinteyyoti. Aññathā pacurajanañāṇasamavuttitāya buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ ñāṇassa acinteyyatā na siyā, tasmā sakaladhammārammaṇampi taṃ ekadhammārammaṇaṃ viya suvavatthāpiteyeva te dhamme katvā pavattatīti idamettha acinteyyaṃ. Yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, ñeyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ ñeyyanti evamekajjhaṃ visuṃ visuṃ sakiṃ kamena ca icchānurūpaṃ sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddho bhagavā. Taṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ.
两种寻,就是两种正确的寻。其中,“寻”的意思是:通过它来思惟,或者它自己思惟,或者仅仅就是思惟这个动作本身。这种寻的特点是把心投向所缘,作用是撞击和反复撞击,表现方式是引导心朝向所缘。不过,按照所缘的不同,把它分成两种,所以说“两种寻”。“等起”的意思是:平等地、正确地、上下不断地、不越出界限地运行。这里“方式”这个词本身就含有“界限”的意思,而按照这种用法,“对如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者”这一句,是在“拥有者”的意义上用了业格。这段话要表达的是:在如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者自己的领域里,这两种寻平等地、正确地,彼此不逾越界限,上下不断地、频繁地、屡屡地、持续地运行、生起。巴利
Dve vitakkāti dve sammā vitakkā. Tattha vitakkenti etena, sayaṃ vā vitakketi, vitakkanamattameva vāti vitakko. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇābhiniropanalakkhaṇo, āhananapariyāhananaraso, ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Visayabhedena pana taṃ dvidhā katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve vitakkā’’ti. Samudācarantīti samaṃ sammā ca uddhamuddhaṃ mariyādāya caranti. Mariyādattho hi ayamākāro, tena ca yogena ‘‘tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti idaṃ sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa attano visaye samaṃ sammā ca aññamaññaṃ mariyādaṃ anatikkamantā uddhamuddhaṃ bahulaṃ abhiṇhaṃ caranti pavattantīti.
那么,它们的活动范围是什么?界限又是什么?它们又是怎样在不越界的情况下,持续不断地向上、频繁、反复、恒常地生起的呢?回答是:就是安稳寻和远离寻这两种寻。其中,安稳寻在世尊那里,特别与悲相应,也可以见到与慈和喜相应的情况。因此应当知道,它是大悲等至和慈等至的前行,也与它们相应。而远离寻则是果等至的前行和相应,也可以通过天住等方式出现。这样,它们的活动范围就是“寻”。因此,即使在同一心相续中频繁生起,由于它们只是各自在自己的范围内运作,所以并没有固定的界限,也不会混杂着运作。巴利
Ko pana nesaṃ visayo, kā vā mariyādā, kathañca taṃ anatikkamitvā te uddhamuddhaṃ bahulaṃ abhiṇhaṃ niccaṃ pavattantīti? Vuccate – khemavitakko, pavivekavitakkoti ime dve vitakkāyeva. Tesu khemavitakko tāva bhagavato visesena karuṇāsampayutto, mettāmuditāsampayuttopi labbhateva, tasmā so mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā mettādisamāpattiyā ca pubbaṅgamo sampayutto ca veditabbo. Pavivekavitakko pana phalasamāpattiyā pubbaṅgamo sampayutto ca, dibbavihārādivasenāpi labbhateva. Iti nesaṃ vitakko visayo, tasmā ekasmiṃ santāne bahulaṃ pavattamānānampi kālena kālaṃ savisayasmiṃyeva caraṇato natthi mariyādā, na saṅkarena vutti.
在这里,安稳寻要透过世尊入大悲等至等方式来说明,远离寻则要透过各种等至来说明。具体的说明是这样的:以“这个世间已被热恼所生、被苦所逼迫”等语句,透过见到世间居所被贪火等燃烧的种种行相,这属于大悲等至的前分;在等至本身之中,则要依初禅来说。因为《无碍解道》(1.117-118)中这样说过:巴利
Tattha khemavitakko bhagavato karuṇokkamanādinā vibhāvetabbo, pavivekavitakko samāpattīhi. Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – ‘‘ayaṃ loko santāpajāto dukkhapareto’’tiādinā rāgaggiādīhi lokasannivāsassa ādittatādiākāradassanehi mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā pubbabhāge , samāpattiyampi paṭhamajjhānavasena vattabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118) –
诸佛世尊以种种方式观察时,大悲就对他们心中的众生生起;诸佛世尊观察到“世间这个住处正在燃烧”时,大悲就对他们心中的众生生起。世间被驱使着、被赶着往前走,走上了邪路,正被带向无常;世间是不稳固的,没有救护,没有主宰;世间没有一样东西真正属于自己,一切都必须舍弃而离去;世间是匮乏的、不满足的,是渴爱的奴隶。巴利
‘‘Bahūhi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Uyyutto, payāto, kummaggapaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso.
世间众生无处可依靠,没有庇护,没有归依,完全找不到归依之处。世间动荡不安,得不到平静。世间众生身中毒箭,被无数利箭射穿,被无明的黑暗遮蔽,被烦恼的牢笼团团围住。陷于无明的世间众生,像被裹在蛋壳里一样被完全包住,像乱丝一样纠缠,像线团一样打结,像文阇草和波多巴伽草一样交错缠缚,无法超越恶趣、恶道、堕落和轮回。当诸佛世尊这样观察时,对众生生起大悲——世间众生被无明之毒的过患所染污,沉没在烦恼的泥淖中,被贪、嗔、痴的死结紧紧缠住。巴利
‘‘Atāyano lokasannivāso, aleṇo, asaraṇo, asaraṇībhūto, uddhato loko avūpasanto, sasallo lokasannivāso viddho puthusallehi, avijjandhakārāvaraṇo kilesapañjaraparikkhitto, avijjāgato lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto kulāguṇṭhikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatīti passantānaṃ, avijjāvisadosasaṃlitto kilesakalalībhūto, rāgadosamohajaṭājaṭito.
被渴爱的衣甲裹住,被渴爱的网覆盖,被渴爱的急流冲走,被渴爱的结缚绑住,被渴爱的随眠紧紧跟随,被渴爱的热恼烧得发热,被渴爱的炽燃烧得焦灼。巴利
‘‘Taṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, taṇhājālena otthaṭo, taṇhāsotena vuyhati, taṇhāsaṃyojanena saṃyutto, taṇhānusayena anusaṭo, taṇhāsantāpena santappati, taṇhāpariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被邪见的衣甲裹住,被邪见的罗网覆盖,被邪见的洪流冲走,被邪见的结缚绑住,被邪见的随眠紧紧跟随,被邪见的热恼烧得发热,被邪见的炽燃烧得焦灼。巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhisaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, diṭṭhijālena otthaṭo, diṭṭhisotena vuyhati, diṭṭhisaṃyojanena saṃyutto, diṭṭhānusayena anusaṭo, diṭṭhisantāpena santappati, diṭṭhipariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被生所跟随,被老所追逐,被病所压倒,被死所击打,立足于苦之中。巴利
‘‘Jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, byādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato, dukkhe patiṭṭhito.
住在这个世间的众生,被渴爱缠住,被老年的围墙围住,被死神的绳索套住,被大束缚绑住;被贪欲的束缚、嗔恨与愚痴的束缚,以及傲慢、邪见、烦恼、恶行的束缚绑住。他们走在极度拥挤的路上,被巨大的障碍堵住,掉进了巨大的悬崖,走入了巨大的荒野,走在漫长的轮回路上,在巨大的险难中不停打转,陷进了巨大的泥沼。巴利
‘‘Taṇhāya oḍḍito, jarāpākāraparikkhitto, maccupāsaparikkhitto, mahābandhanabaddho, lokasannivāso, rāgabandhanena, dosamohabandhanena, mānadiṭṭhikilesaduccaritabandhanena baddho, mahāsambādhapaṭipanno, mahāpalibodhena palibuddho, mahāpapāte patito, mahākantārapaṭipanno, mahāsaṃsārapaṭipanno, mahāvidugge samparivattati, mahāpalipe palipanno.
住在这个世间的众生被打击、被逼迫,被贪火、嗔火、痴火所燃烧,被生……乃至愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。住在这个世间的众生被牵引着,恒常被杀害,没有救护,遭受杖罚,做偷窃之事,被罪罚的绳索捆绑,被押到刑场。住在这个世间的众生无依无靠,陷入极度悲惨的境地,被痛苦所逼迫,长久以来备受折磨,恒常贪著,恒常渴求。巴利
‘‘Abbhāhato lokasannivāso, āditto lokasannivāso rāgagginā, dosagginā, mohagginā jātiyā…pe… upāyāsehi, unnītako lokasannivāso haññati niccamatāṇo pattadaṇḍo takkaro, vajjabandhanabaddho āghātanapaccupaṭṭhito, anātho lokasannivāso paramakāruññataṃ patto, dukkhābhitunno cirarattapīḷito, niccagadhito niccapipāsito.
是盲人,没有眼睛,毁坏了眼目,没有引导者,踏上了歧路,偏离了正道,跌入大暴流。巴利
‘‘Andho, acakkhuko, hatanetto, apariṇāyako, vipathapakkhando, añjasāparaddho, mahoghapakkhando.
众生被两种恶见缠住,被三种恶行带偏,被四种轭套住,被四种结缚住,被四种取执取;登上五趣,贪染五种欲乐,被五种盖覆盖;以六种争论的根源争论,贪染六种渴爱身,被六种恶见缠住;被七种随眠紧跟,被七种结绑住,被七种慢抬高;被八种世间法搅动,被八种邪性定为必定,被八种人的过失败坏;以九种嗔恨的缘由生嗔,被九种慢抬高,贪染九种以渴爱为根本的法;以十种烦恼的缘由染污,以十种嗔恨的缘由生嗔,具足十种不善业道,被十种结绑住,被十种邪性定为必定,具足十种邪见,具足十种执边的邪见;被一百零八种渴爱戏论戏论,被六十二种恶见缠住——当诸佛、世尊这样看见众生在世间居住时,对众生的大悲就生起了。巴利
‘‘Dvīhi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, tīhi duccaritehi vippaṭipanno, catūhi yogehi yojito, catūhi ganthehi ganthito, catūhi upādānehi upādīyati, pañcagatisamāruḷho, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rajjati, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi otthaṭo, chahi vivādamūlehi vivadati, chahi taṇhākāyehi rajjati, chahi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, sattahi anusayehi anusaṭo, sattahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, sattahi mānehi unnato, aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi samparivattati, aṭṭhahi micchattehi niyato, aṭṭhahi purisadosehi dussati, navahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, navahi mānehi unnato, navahi taṇhāmūlakehi dhammehi rajjati, dasahi kilesavatthūhi kilissati, dasahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, dasahi akusalakammapathehi samannāgato, dasahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, dasahi micchattehi niyato, dasavatthukāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, dasavatthukāya antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, aṭṭhasatataṇhāpapañcehi papañcito, dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti sampassantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
我已度脱,而世间尚未度脱;我已解脱,而世间尚未解脱;我已调御,而世间尚未调御;我已寂静,而世间尚未寂静;我已安稳,而世间尚未安稳;我已寂灭,而世间尚未寂灭。我确实有能力:已度脱的能令他人度脱,已解脱的能令他人解脱,已调御的能令他人调御,已寂静的能令他人寂静,已安稳的能令他人安稳,已寂灭的能令他人寂灭。当诸佛、世尊们这样看见时,对众生便生起了大悲悯。巴利
‘‘Ahañcamhi tiṇṇo, loko ca atiṇṇo. Ahañcamhi mutto, loko ca amutto. Ahañcamhi danto, loko ca adanto. Ahañcamhi santo, loko ca asanto. Ahañcamhi assattho, loko ca anassattho. Ahañcamhi parinibbuto, loko ca aparinibbuto. Pahomi khvāhaṃ tiṇṇo tāretuṃ, mutto mocetuṃ, danto dametuṃ, santo sametuṃ , assattho assāsetuṃ, parinibbuto pare ca parinibbāpetunti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118).
用这个方法,也应当说明世尊对众生生起慈心的情况。因为慈心把与悲悯所缘的苦相对立的乐带给众生时,慈心本身也在运作,所以这里的无嗔寻思和无害寻思就是安稳寻思。而远离寻思其实就是出离寻思,应当知道它是在天住和圣住的前行阶段,以及观察初禅时运作的。其中,世尊每天在日常活动中有二十四万亿次等至安住,以这些等至为前行而运作的、伴随定行的智和伴随智行的智,被称为二十四万亿等至行大金刚智。依这些来看,应当知道世尊的远离寻思是经常运作的。这个含义也可以从《大萨遮迦经》来了知。世尊在那部经中确实说过:巴利
Imināva nayena bhagavato sattesu mettāokkamanañca vibhāvetabbaṃ. Karuṇāvisayassa hi dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ sattesu upasaṃharantī mettāpi pavattatīti idha abyāpādaavihiṃsāvitakkā khemavitakko. Pavivekavitakko pana nekkhammavitakkoyeva, tassa dibbavihāraariyavihāresu pubbabhāgassa paṭhamajjhānassa paccavekkhaṇāya ca vasena pavatti veditabbā. Tattha ye te bhagavato devasikaṃ vaḷañjanakavasena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattivihārā, yesaṃ purecaraṇabhāvena pavattaṃ samādhicariyānugataṃ ñāṇacariyānugataṃ ñāṇaṃ catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattisañcārimahāvajirañāṇanti vuccati, tesaṃ vasena bhagavato pavivekavitakkassa bahulaṃ pavatti veditabbā. Ayañca attho mahāsaccakasuttenapi veditabbo. Vuttañhi tattha bhagavatā –
火种居士,我就把心只向内安住在先前那个定相上,让它稳定下来,让它平静下来,因此我常常能一直这样安住。巴利
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi, sannisādemi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.387).
世尊之所以引出这段话,是因为萨遮迦·尼干陀子曾这样想:“沙门乔达摩相貌端正、令人欢喜,牙齿排列紧密,舌头薄,说话甜美,我看他只是靠这些来取悦大众、到处游化,可他心里并没有一境性,他就是这样一个人,靠大量劝说引导来行事。”为了说明事实并非如此,世尊就像捉拿一个连赃物一起查获的盗贼一样,说出了这段话:“阿耆毗舍那,如来并不是靠取悦大众、靠大量劝说引导来游化的。即使面对遍满整个轮围世界的大众,他也照样说法,毫不退缩,毫无染着,安住于一境,专注于独居的空果——等至之果。”巴利
Idañhi bhagavā ‘‘samaṇo gotamo abhirūpo pāsādiko suphusitaṃ dantāvaraṇaṃ, jivhā tanukā, madhuraṃ vacanaṃ, tena parisaṃ rañjento maññe vicarati, citte panassa ekaggatā natthi, yo evaṃ saññattibahulo caratī’’ti saccakena nigaṇṭhaputtena vitakkite avassaṃ sahoḍhaṃ coraṃ gaṇhanto viya ‘‘na aggivessana tathāgato parisaṃ rañjento saññattibahulo vicarati, cakkavāḷapariyantāyapi parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, asallīno anupalitto ekattaṃ ekavihārisuññatāphalasamāpattiphalaṃ anuyutto’’ti dassetuṃ āhari.
世尊在众人发出赞叹声或他省察法义的那一刻,先以那一刹那的前分划定时间,然后在一次入息或一次出息之间进入果等至。当赞叹声还没有中断,以及省察法义结束时,他从等至中出定,从站立的地方开始说法。诸佛的有分流很轻快,所以能在一次入息或一次出息之间进入等至。应当知道,依前面所说的这些等至连同它们的前行阶段来看,世尊的安稳寻思和远离寻思大量地现起。巴利
Bhagavā hi yasmiṃ khaṇe parisā sādhukāraṃ deti, dhammaṃ vā paccavekkhati, tasmiṃ khaṇe pubbabhāgena kālaṃ paricchinditvā phalasamāpattiṃ assāsavāre passāsavāre samāpajjati, sādhukārasaddanigghose avicchinneyeva dhammapaccavekkhaṇāya ca pariyosāne samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ deseti. Buddhānañhi bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko, assāsavāre passāsavāre samāpattiyo samāpajjanti. Evaṃ yathāvuttasamāpattīnaṃ sapubbabhāgānaṃ vasena bhagavato khemavitakkassa pavivekavitakkassa ca bahulappavatti veditabbā.
在这里,对于断除了嗔害寻等杂染的人,依靠无嗔寻与无害寻的力量,因为无论从何处都不会有恐惧,具足这两种寻的人便安住在安稳中,而且从此对一切、在任何时候都只有安稳、只有无畏。因此,安稳寻能为自他双方带来安稳。而对于断除了欲寻等杂染的人,依靠出离寻的力量,身远离、心远离、依远离这三种远离,以及彼分远离、镇伏远离、正断远离、安息远离、出离远离这五种远离,都能圆满成就。这种寻在所缘和相应两方面都伴随着远离,所以叫远离寻。这两种寻虽然所缘范围不同,但对初学者来说,它们互相帮助。就像安稳寻能帮助尚未生起的远离寻生起,也能让已生起的远离寻进一步增长广大;同样,远离寻也能帮助安稳寻。因为如果没有身和心的独处,慈心住等就不可能生起;而如果不断除嗔害等,心远离等也不可能生起。所以应当看到,这些法是彼此大有助益的。至于世尊,因为已经彻底断尽一切杂染,为了利益世间,这样的安稳寻和远离寻,即便只是在入息出息的一瞬间,也都在带来利益和安乐。安稳寻和远离寻应当这样联系起来理解。巴利
Tattha yassa byāpādavihiṃsāvitakkādisaṃkilesappahānassa abyāpādavitakkassa avihiṃsāvitakkassa ca ānubhāvena kutocipi bhayābhāvato taṃsamaṅgī khemappatto ca viharati, tato ca sabbassapi sabbadāpi khemameva hoti abhayameva. Tasmā duvidhopi ubhayesaṃ khemaṅkaroti khemavitakko. Yassa pana kāmavitakkādisaṃkilesapahānassa nekkhammavitakkassa ānubhāvena kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, upadhivivekoti tividho; tadaṅgaviveko, vikkhambhanaviveko, samucchedaviveko, paṭippassaddhiviveko, nissaraṇavivekoti pañcavidho ca viveko pāripūriṃ gacchati. So yathārahaṃ ārammaṇato sampayogato ca pavivekasahagato vitakkoti pavivekavitakko. Ete ca dve vitakkā evaṃ vibhattavisayāpi samānā ādikammikānaṃ aññamaññūpakārāya sambhavanti. Yathā hi khemavitakkassa pavivekavitakko anuppannassa uppādāya uppannassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya hoti, evaṃ pavivekavitakkassapi khemavitakko. Na hi vūpakaṭṭhakāyacittānamantarena mettāvihārādayo sambhavanti byāpādādippahānena ca vinā cittavivekādīnaṃ asambhavoyevāti aññamaññassa bahūpakārā ete dhammā daṭṭhabbā. Bhagavato pana sabbaso pahīnasaṃkilesassa lokahitatthāya evaṃ khemavitakko ca pavivekavitakko ca assāsavāramattepi hitasukhamāvahantiyevāti. Khemo ca vitakko paviveko ca vitakkoti sambandhitabbaṃ.
像这样列出了两种寻思之后,为了说明“以无害为乐处”等,接着说了这些话。其中,对任何众生都不加伤害、不令痛苦,就是“无害”;这是应当乐于安住的去处,所以叫“乐处”;具足这个乐处的人,就叫“以无害为乐处者”。通过反复亲近修习而在无害中感到喜乐,就叫“乐于无害者”。“这即是”:就是指这个。“以行”:指以行为和身语的活动。“我不恼害任何人”:无论对低劣等各类众生,还是对因渴爱而躁动不安的众生,或者对已断尽一切烦恼、不再有躁动而安住的人,我都不恼害、不令他们痛苦。世尊心怀悲悯,常常安住于大悲等至,是随顺自己最珍爱的悲悯心性才这样说的。以此显示了无害寻思和无嗔寻思。这里说的是:“我以这样的行为、这样的修行方式,如此正确地修行,如此以等至安住而住,如此接受那些求福的人所作的恭敬、尊重、敬仰、礼敬和供养,却不曾恼害任何众生;相反,我只是增长他们现世的利益、来世的利益和究竟的利益与安乐。”巴利
Evaṃ uddiṭṭhe dve vitakke niddisituṃ ‘‘abyāpajjhārāmo’’tiādimāha. Tattha abyāpajjhanaṃ kassaci adukkhanaṃ abyāpajjho, so āramitabbato ārāmo etassāti abyāpajjhārāmo. Abyāpajjhe rato sevanavasena niratoti abyāpajjharato. Esevāti eso eva. Iriyāyāti kiriyāya, kāyavacīpayogenāti attho. Na kañci byābādhemīti hīnādīsu kañcipi sattaṃ taṇhātasādiyogato tasaṃ vā tadabhāvato pahīnasabbakilesavipphanditattā thāvaraṃ vā na bādhemi na dukkhāpemi. Karuṇajjhāsayo bhagavā mahākaruṇāsamāpattibahulo attano paramarucitakaruṇajjhāsayānurūpamevamāha. Tena avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ abyāpādavitakkañca dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ imāya iriyāya imāya paṭipattiyā evaṃ sammā paṭipajjanto evaṃ samāpattivihārehi viharanto evaṃ puññatthikehi katāni sakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāni adhivāsento sattesu na kañci byābādhemi, apica kho diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthappabhedaṃ hitasukhameva nesaṃ paribrūhemī’ti.
“凡是不善,都已被断除”意思是:那二千五百种烦恼所摄的不善,以及与之相应、种类无穷无尽的不善法,这一切在菩提树下就已经被我全部断除、彻底灭尽了。通过这句话,连同作为种种远离之顶的出离远离,也开示了正断远离和安息远离。不过,有些注释者在这里还把彼分远离和镇伏远离也引了进来,因为世尊在这里是结合自己修行之道来说自己烦恼的灭尽。巴利
Yaṃ akusalaṃ, taṃ pahīnanti yaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassabhedaṃ aññañca taṃsampayuttaṃ anantappabhedaṃ akusalaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ bodhimūleyeva mayhaṃ pahīnaṃ samūhatanti. Iminā pavivekesu muddhabhūtena saddhiṃ nissaraṇavivekena samucchedappaṭippassaddhiviveke dasseti. Keci panettha tadaṅgavikkhambhanavivekepi uddharanti . Āgamanīyapaṭipadāya hi saddhiṃ bhagavatā attano kilesakkhayo idha vuttoti.
世尊就这样把自己在无量劫中修成的远离倾向,连同出离倾向一起推到了顶点,安住于此,然后进入以远离倾向和出离倾向为内容的果等至,并通过观察自己已断烦恼这一角度把它显示出来。导师在这里举出这两种寻思,是为了说明这个目的,所以接着说“因此,诸比丘”等等。世尊正是通过展示自己经常修习这两种寻思,来让比丘们安住于此,才开始了这段开示。巴利
Iti bhagavā aparimitakappaparicittaṃ attano pavivekajjhāsayaṃ saddhiṃ nissaraṇajjhāsayena idāni matthakaṃ pāpetvā ṭhito tamajjhāsayaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā attano kilesappahānapaccavekkhaṇamukhena vibhāveti. Yadatthaṃ panettha satthā ime dve vitakke uddhari, idāni tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Bhagavā hi imassa vitakkadvayassa attano bahulasamudācāradassanamukheneva tattha bhikkhū nivesetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
在这里,“因此”是说:因为我乐于无嗔和远离,安隐远离的寻思确实经常生起,所以说“因此”。“此处”只是一个语气词。“你们当以无嗔为乐而住”的意思是:你们要以对一切众生的慈心住和悲心住,不欣乐而住。这句话说明了要远离嗔恚以及和它同类的烦恼。“他们”中的“你们”只是一个语气词。“你们当以远离为乐而住”的意思是:你们要把身远离等,以及以彼分断除为首的远离等,一切远离都当作可乐之处而安住。“依此我们”等句,是显示安隐寻思生起的方式;“什么是不善”等句,则是显示远离寻思生起的方式。其中,就像想要圆满无过失法的人,会先探寻什么是善,然后去寻求善法;同样,想要舍弃有过失法的人,也应当去探寻不善,所以说“什么是不善”等。因为证智是以遍知、断除、证悟、修习为前提的。其中,“什么是不善”是说:不善究竟是什么?它的自性是什么?它的作用、现起、近因又是什么?这是显示从自性和作用等方面来观察不善的方法。这个寻思是就初学者而说的;“什么是未断的”“我们断除什么”这两句,则是就有学圣者而说的。因此,“什么是未断的”是说:在欲贪结等不善法中,什么是我们还没有被道断除的不善?“我们断除什么”是说:我们要根除什么不善?或者,“我们断除什么”是说:在违犯、缠缚、随眠当中,我们现在要断除哪一种不善?有些人读作“什么是未断的”。按他们的读法,就是在见结等种种不善法中,哪一种不善、以什么方式、由哪一道来说,是我们还未断除的。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tattha tasmāti yasmā abyāpajjhapavivekābhiratassa me khemapavivekavitakkāyeva bahulaṃ pavattanti, tasmā. Tihāti nipātamattaṃ. Abyāpajjhārāmāviharathāti sabbasattesu mettāvihārena karuṇāvihāre na ca abhiramantā viharatha. Tena byāpādassa tadekaṭṭhakilesānañca dūrīkaraṇamāha. Tesaṃ voti ettha voti nipātamattaṃ. Pavivekārāmā viharathāti kāyādivivekañceva tadaṅgādivivekañcāti sabbaviveke āramitabbaṭṭhānaṃ katvā viharatha. Imāya mayantiādi yathā nesaṃ khemavitakkassa pavattanākāradassanaṃ, evaṃ kiṃ akusalantiādi pavivekavitakkassa pavattanākāradassanaṃ. Tattha yathā anavajjadhamme paripūretukāmena kiṃkusalagavesinā hutvā kusaladhammapariyesanā kātabbāva, sāvajjadhamme pajahitukāmenāpi akusalapariyesanā kātabbāti āha ‘‘kiṃ akusala’’ntiādi. Abhiññāpubbikā hi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanā. Tattha kiṃ akusalanti akusalaṃ nāma kiṃ, sabhāvato kimassa lakkhaṇaṃ, kāni vā rasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti akusalassa sabhāvakiccādito paccavekkhaṇavidhiṃ dasseti. Ādikammikavasena cesa vitakko āgato, kiṃ appahīnaṃ kiṃ pajahāmāti idaṃ padadvayaṃ sekkhavasena. Tasmā kiṃ appahīnanti kāmarāgasaṃyojanādīsu akusalesu kiṃ akusalaṃ amhākaṃ maggena asamucchinnaṃ? Kiṃpajahāmāti kiṃ akusalaṃ samugghātema? Atha vā kiṃ pajahāmāti vītikkamapariyuṭṭhānānusayesu kiṃ vibhāgaṃ akusalaṃ idāni mayaṃ pajahāmāti attho. Keci pana ‘‘kiṃ appahīna’’nti paṭhanti. Tesaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanādivasena anekabhedesu akusalesu kiṃ katamaṃ akusalaṃ, kena katamena pakārena, katamena vā maggena amhākaṃ appahīnanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
在偈颂中,“佛陀”是指:以自生智不颠倒地觉悟四圣谛、通达四圣谛,所以是佛陀;因为对已从谛中解脱者来说,不存在任何还应了知的东西。正如所说的:巴利
Gāthāsu buddhanti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ aviparītaṃ sayambhuñāṇena buddhattā paṭividdhattā buddhaṃ saccavinimuttassa ñeyyassa abhāvato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
应当证知的,我已经证知;应当修习的,我已经修习。
应当断除的,我已经断除了。所以,婆罗门,我是佛陀。巴利
‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ; Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (su. ni. 563; ma. ni. 2.399);
除了大菩萨以外,别人没法承受、没法担负,因为他能承受、担负那别人无法承受、无法担负的全部菩提资粮和广大悲行;同样,别人难以承受、难以制伏五魔,而他能承受、制伏这五种难忍的魔;又能以彻知意乐、随眠、行为、意趣等种种差别,恰如其分地用现世利益、来世利益和究竟意义来教导应受度化的人——这就是所谓的佛事,不是别人能承受的,而他能承受、能担负,或者说他在这方面善于成办,所以称为能忍难忍者。Samudācaranti nanti 这里的 naṃ 只是虚词,意思是那位如来。巴利
Ṭhapetvā mahābodhisattaṃ aññehi sahituṃ vahituṃ asakkuṇeyyattā asayhassa sakalassa bodhisambhārassa mahākaruṇādhikārassa ca sahanato vahanato, tathā aññehi sahituṃ abhibhavituṃ dukkarattā asayhānaṃ pañcannaṃ mārānaṃ sahanato abhibhavanato, āsayānusayacariyādhimuttiādivibhāgāvabodhena yathārahaṃ veneyyānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi anusāsanasaṅkhātassa aññehi asayhassa buddhakiccassa sahanato vahanato, tattha vā sādhukāribhāvato asayhasāhinaṃ. Samudācaranti nanti ettha nanti nipātamattaṃ, naṃ tathāgatanti vā attho.
他驱散了自他相续中称为“黑暗”的愚痴,所以叫“除暗者”。他到达了彼岸涅槃,所以叫“到彼岸者”。或者,按照“已解脱者能令他人解脱”等说法,他到达了宏大誓愿的尽头,到达了一切轮回之苦的尽头,到达了一切知者功德的尽头,所以叫“到彼岸者”——那位除暗者、到彼岸者。正因如此,他是已证得应证之果的佛陀,意思是:戒等功德、十力智等一切正自觉者应当证得的东西,他都已证得。“具自在者”:他在禅那等境界中拥有随愿而起的、最殊胜的转向等自在,还拥有称为圣神通的、不与外道共通的心自在,所以叫“具自在者”,也就是自在者。“无漏者”:因为一切欲漏等烦恼都不存在了,所以叫无漏者。又或者,因为他舍弃了身不平等之类的不平等,因为他超越了称为“毒”的一切烦恼垢秽,也因为他自己超越了称为“毒”的一切轮回之苦并能引导他人超越,所以叫“度毒者”——那位度毒者。“牟尼”:他在渴爱灭尽的阿拉汉果或涅槃中获得解脱,因为通过称为“默”的智,或通过身默等而超群地具足,所以叫牟尼。要知道牟尼有多种:在家牟尼、出家牟尼、有学牟尼、无学牟尼、独觉牟尼、牟尼中的牟尼。其中,在家而已证果、已了知教法的,是在家牟尼;这样的出家者,是出家牟尼;七种有学圣者,是有学牟尼;漏已尽者,是无学牟尼;独觉佛,是独觉牟尼;正自觉者,是牟尼中的牟尼。这里指的正是这最后一种。因为未来不再有再生,所以他持有最后的身、最终的身,叫“持最后身者”——那位持最后身者。因为他彻底舍弃了烦恼魔等,所以叫“舍魔者”。正因如此,由于断除了老之因,以证得无余涅槃的方式,他完全超越了显然的老等一切老,叫“到老彼岸者”。这里应当理解为:以老为首,连带生、死、愁等,都说为已到彼岸。我就是说:这样的如来,有两种寻思在他心中生起。巴利
Sakaparasantānesu tamasaṅkhātaṃ mohandhakāraṃ nudi khipīti tamonudo. Pāraṃ nibbānaṃ gatoti pāragato. Atha vā ‘‘mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena pavattitassa mahābhinīhārassa sakalassa vā saṃsāradukkhassa sabbaññuguṇānaṃ pāraṃ pariyantaṃ gatoti pāragato, taṃ tamonudaṃ pāragataṃ. Tato eva pattipattaṃ buddhaṃ, sīlādiṃ dasabalañāṇādiñca sammāsambuddhehi pattabbaṃ sabbaṃ pattanti attho. Vasimanti jhānādīsu ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddho paramo āvajjanādivasibhāvo, ariyiddhisaṅkhāto anaññasādhāraṇo cittavasibhāvo ca assa atthīti vasimā, taṃ vasimaṃ, vasinanti attho. Sabbesaṃ kāmāsavādīnaṃ abhāvena anāsavaṃ. Kāyavisamādikassa visamassa vantattā vā visasaṅkhātaṃ sabbaṃ kilesamalaṃ taritvā vā visaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhaṃ sayaṃ taritvā tāraṇato visantaro taṃ visantaraṃ. Taṇhakkhaye arahattaphale nibbāne vā vimuttaṃ, ubhayamhi gamanato monasaṅkhātena ñāṇena kāyamoneyyādīhi vā sātisayaṃ samannāgatattā muniṃ. Munīti hi agāriyamuni, anagāriyamuni, sekkhamuni, asekkhamuni, paccekamuni, munimunīti anekavidhā munayo. Tattha gihī āgataphalo viññātasāsano agāriyamuni, tathārūpo pabbajito anagāriyamuni, satta sekkhā sekkhamuni, khīṇāsavo asekkhamuni, paccekabuddho paccekamuni, sammāsambuddho munimunīti. Ayameva idhādhippeto. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhāvato antimaṃ, pacchimaṃ dehaṃ kāyaṃ dhāretīti antimadehadhārī, taṃ antimadehadhāriṃ. Kilesamārādīnaṃ sammadeva pariccattattā mārañjahaṃ. Tato eva jarāhetusamucchedato anupādisesanibbānappattivasena pākaṭajarādisabbajarāya pāraguṃ. Jarāsīsena cettha jātimaraṇasokādīnaṃ pāragamanaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Taṃ evaṃbhūtaṃ tathāgataṃ duve vitakkā samudācarantīti brūmīti sambandho.
世尊先用第一首偈颂点出两种寻思,接着用第二首偈颂说明远离寻思,现在为了说明安隐寻思,说了第三首偈颂“如石山”等。其中,“如同站在石山顶上”,就是像站在石头所成、整块岩石的山顶上。因为站在那上面,根本不需要抬头、伸脖子这些动作。“同喻”,就是与那情形相似的比喻,以石山为喻。这里简要的意思是:就像一个有眼力的人站在石山顶上,能四面看到人群;同样,善慧者、具妙智者、以一切知智为遍眼的世尊,登上法所成、慧所成的殿堂,自己已离忧愁,而注视着那些沉没于忧愁、被生和老所压倒的众生,观察他们、审查他们。这里更深的用意是:譬如在山脚下四周开辟大片田地,在田埂间搭起小屋,夜里点起火来,又有四种俱全的黑暗。这时,有眼力的人站在山顶上观看那片地面,既看不到田地,也看不到田埂,看不到小屋,看不到睡在里面的人,只能看到小屋里火焰的光而已。同样,如来登上法所成的殿堂观看众生时,那些没有修善的众生,即使坐在同一个住处南边,也不会进入佛智的范围,就像夜里射出的箭一样消失不见;而那些已修善、堪受教化的众生,即使站得很远,也会进入他的智见之中,就像火焰或雪山那样显眼。这一点也曾说过:巴利
Iti bhagavā paṭhamagāthāya vitakkadvayaṃ uddisitvā tato dutiyagāthāya pavivekavitakkaṃ dassetvā idāni khemavitakkaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sele yathā’’ti tatiyagāthamāha. Tattha sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti sele silāmaye ekagghanapabbatamuddhani yathā ṭhito. Na hi tattha ṭhitassa uddhaṃ gīvukkhipanapasāraṇādikiccaṃ atthi. Tathūpamanti tappaṭibhāgaṃ selapabbatūpamaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – yathā selapabbatamuddhani ṭhito cakkhumā puriso samantato janataṃ passeyya, evameva sumedho, sundarapañño sabbaññutaññāṇena samantacakkhu bhagavā dhammamayaṃ paññāmayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sayaṃ apetasoko sokāvatiṇṇaṃ jātijarābhibhūtañca janataṃ sattakāyaṃ avekkhati upadhārayati upaparikkhati. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yathā hi pabbatapāde samantā mahantaṃ khettaṃ katvā tattha kedārapāḷīsu kuṭiyo katvā rattiṃ aggiṃ jāleyya, caturaṅgasamannāgatañca andhakāraṃ bhaveyya, athassa pabbatassa matthake ṭhatvā cakkhumato purisassa bhūmippadesaṃ olokayato neva khettaṃ, na kedārapāḷiyo, na kuṭiyo, na tattha sayitamanussā paññāyeyyuṃ, kuṭīsu pana aggijālamattameva paññāyeyya, evaṃ dhammamayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sattakāyaṃ olokayato tathāgatassa ye te akatakalyāṇā sattā, te ekavihāre dakkhiṇapasse nisinnāpi buddhañāṇassa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, rattiṃ khittasarā viya honti. Ye pana katakalyāṇā veneyyapuggalā, te evassa dūrepi ṭhitā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, so aggi viya himavantapabbato viya ca vuttampi cetaṃ –
善人即使身在远方,也依然光彩夺目,就像雪山一样。
不善的人在这里看不见,就像夜里射出的箭。巴利
‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. (dha. pa. 304; netti. 11);
就这样,在这部经和这些偈颂里,世尊把自己当作别人来展示。巴利
Evametasmiṃ sutte gāthāsu ca bhagavā attānaṃ paraṃ viya katvā dassesi.
第2《说法经》的注释巴利
2. Desanāsuttavaṇṇanā
39 39. 在第二种方式(dutiye pariyāyena)中:这里的“pariyāya”一词,在“你应当把它记作‘蜜丸教说’”(中部Ⅰ.205)等说法中,指的是“教说”。在“婆罗门,确实有一种理由,依此理由可以正确地说我:‘沙门乔达摩是无作论者’”(波罗夷5;增支部8.11)等说法中,指的是“理由”。在“阿难,今天轮到谁去教诫比丘尼了?”(中部Ⅲ.398)等说法中,指的是“轮次”。而在这里,“轮次”和“理由”两种意思都说得通。因此,“比丘们,如来的两种说法,或者依相应的理由而说,或者依轮次而说”——这就是这里的含义。因为世尊会随顺所教化众生的意乐,有时以“这些法是善的,这些法是不善的;这些法有过失,这些法没有过失;这些法应当修习,这些法不应当修习”这样的方式,分别善法与不善法,在不混淆善法与不善法的情况下开示它们,从而宣说“应当把恶看作恶”这样的法。有时则以“比丘们,杀生若被反复实行、修习、多做,会导向地狱、导向畜生道、导向饿鬼道;即使是最轻微的杀生,也会导向短命”(增支部8.40)这样的方式,揭示过患,让人从恶法中生起厌离等,从而宣说“应当厌离、应当离贪”这样的法。巴利
39. Dutiye pariyāyenāti ettha pariyāya-saddo ‘‘madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ dhārehī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.205) desanāyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Atthi khvesa , brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’’tiādīsu (pārā. 5; a. ni. 8.11) kāraṇe. ‘‘Kassa nu kho, ānanda, ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuniyo ovaditu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.398) vāre. Idha pana vārepi kāraṇepi vaṭṭati, tasmā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa dve dhammadesanā yathārahaṃ kāraṇena bhavanti, vārena vāti ayamettha attho. Bhagavā hi veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ kadāci ‘‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime, dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime sevitabbā, ime na sevitabbā’’tiādinā kusalākusaladhamme vibhajanto kusaladhammehi akusaladhamme asaṅkarato paññāpento ‘‘pāpaṃ pāpakato passathā’’ti dhammaṃ deseti. Kadāci ‘‘pāṇātipāto, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko, yo sabbalahuko pāṇātipāto, so appāyukasaṃvattaniko’’tiādinā (a. ni. 8.40) ādīnavaṃ pakāsento pāpato nibbidādīhi niyojento ‘‘nibbindatha virajjathā’’ti dhammaṃ deseti.
“存在”是指它们存在、生起、运转。“要把恶看作恶”:应当把一切恶法——无论在当前这一世还是未来世——都看作带来不利和痛苦、低劣不堪的。“对此要厌离”:对于那恶法,要以正慧从多种角度观察它的过患,比如:“因为它极其低劣,所以叫‘恶’;因为它从不善巧所生,所以叫‘不善’;因为它破坏了本性清净、明净之心的明净等状态,所以叫‘杂染’;因为它一再产生轮回中的苦,所以叫‘导向再生’;因为它总是和苦恼、焦热一起生起,所以叫‘带有苦恼’;因为它只成熟为苦,所以叫‘苦果’;因为即使经过无量时间,它也会在未来引生生老病死,所以叫‘未来有生老病死’;它能够摧毁一切利益和安乐。”像这样以正慧观察这些种种过患,以及舍弃它所带来的利益,就会厌离,就会达到厌离。而在厌离的同时,增长观慧,通过证得圣道,从恶中离贪,并获得解脱。或者,通过道以断除的方式离贪;然后,通过果以止息的方式获得解脱。再者,“恶”是从低劣的角度说的恶。这话是什么意思呢?就是那以无常、苦等状态而成为丑恶的、被圣者们所厌恶的轮回之苦。因为它把人引向那种苦,所以叫“恶”。那它是什么呢?就是三界中的一切法。按上面所说的意义把它看作恶之后,对它以“无常”“苦”“病”“痈”“箭”“祸”“疾”等方式增长观慧的人,就会厌离。这是第二种。也就是:先如实阐明不利和无益,然后从中分离出来,这就是第二种法的教导。巴利
Bhavantīti honti pavattanti. Pāpaṃ pāpakato passathāti sabbaṃ pāpadhammaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme āyatiñca ahitadukkhāvahato lāmakato passatha. Tattha nibbindathāti tasmiṃ pāpadhamme ‘‘accantahīnabhāvato lāmakaṭṭhena pāpaṃ, akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalaṃ, pakatipabhassarassa pasannassa ca cittassa pabhassarādibhāvavināsanato saṃkilesikaṃ, punappunaṃ bhavadukkhanibbattanato ponobbhavikaṃ, saheva darathehi pariḷāhehi vattanato sadarathaṃ, dukkhasseva vipaccanato dukkhavipākaṃ, aparimāṇampi kālaṃ anāgate jātijarāmaraṇanibbattanato āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyaṃ, sabbahitasukhaviddhaṃsanasamattha’’ntiādinā nayena nānāvidhe ādīnave, tassa ca pahāne ānisaṃse sammapaññāya passantā nibbindatha nibbedaṃ āpajjatha. Nibbindantā ca vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggādhigamena pāpato virajjatha ceva vimuccatha ca. Maggena vā samucchedavirāgavasena virajjatha, tato phalena paṭippassaddhivimuttivasena vimuccatha. Atha vā pāpanti lāmakato pāpaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ aniccadukkhādibhāvena kucchitaṃ ariyehi jigucchanīyaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ pāpetīti pāpaṃ. Kiṃ pana taṃ? Tebhūmakadhammajātaṃ . Yathāvuttena atthena pāpakato disvā tattha aniccato, dukkhato, rogato, gaṇḍato, sallato, aghato, ābādhatotiādinā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentā nibbindatha. Ayaṃ dutiyāti yāthāvato ahitānatthavibhāvanaṃ paṭhamaṃ upādāya tato vivecanaṃ ayaṃ dutiyā dhammadesanā.
在偈颂中,“佛陀”指一切知佛。“悲愍一切众生”指本性以广大悲心哀愍一切众生。“方便之说”指以方便方式说的法,也就是说法。“你看”是在呼唤大众,或者是针对大众中的尊长说的。不过也有人这样说:“世尊是针对自己而说‘你看’。”其中,“于彼”的意思是:对那些恶法应当离贪,也就是断除贪爱。其余内容如前所说。巴利
Gāthāsu buddhassāti sabbaññubuddhassa. Sabbabhūtānukampinoti sabbepi satte mahākaruṇāya anukampanasabhāvassa. Pariyāyavacananti pariyāyena kathanaṃ desanaṃ. Passāti parisaṃ ālapati, parisajeṭṭhakaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ. Keci panāhu ‘‘attānameva sandhāya bhagavā ‘passā’ti avocā’’ti. Tatthāti tasmiṃ pāpake virajjatha rāgaṃ pajahathāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
《明经》的注释巴利
3. Vijjāsuttavaṇṇanā
40 在第三首偈颂中,“前导”是指以俱生和依止这两种方式成为前导、先行者、主要因。因为离开无明,不善法确实不可能生起。“等至”是指证得,也就是获得自性、生起的意思。其中,由于无明覆蔽不善生起的过患、作为不如理作意的缘,又因为未被断除,所以可以看出无明是不善法的依止缘。巴利
40. Tatiye pubbaṅgamāti sahajātavasena, upanissayavasena cāti dvīhi ākārehi pubbaṅgamā purassarā padhānakāraṇaṃ. Na hi avijjāya vinā akusaluppatti atthi. Samāpattiyāti samāpajjanāya sabhāvapaṭilābhāya, pavattiyāti attho. Tattha akusalappavattiyā ādīnavappaṭicchādanena ayonisomanasikārassa paccayabhāvena appahīnabhāvena ca akusaladhammānaṃ upanissayabhāvo dissati.
这样,因为病、死等苦都以它为依托处,所以这里的一切趣都是恶趣。或者说,被贪等烦恼所染污的趣,也就是身、语、意的活动,所以是恶趣,即身恶行、语恶行、意恶行。“于此世”指在这个世间,或者在人趣中。“于他世”指在除此之外的其他诸趣中。“这一切都以无明为根”是说,那一切恶行的败坏,按照前面所说的方式,都以无明为前导,所以确实都以无明为根。“欲贪所积聚”:以寻求尚未得到的对象为特征的欲求,以及以贪恋已经得到的对象为特征的贪,由这两者积集、增长,所以叫欲贪所积聚。巴利
Evaṃ byādhimaraṇādidukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato sabbāpi gatiyo idha duggatiyo. Atha vā rāgādikilesehi dūsitā gatiyo kāyavacīcittānaṃ pavattiyoti duggatiyo, kāyavacīmanoduccaritāni. Asmiṃ loketi idha loke manussagatiyaṃ vā. Paramhi cāti tato aññāsu gatīsu. Avijjāmūlikā sabbāti tā sabbāpi duccaritassa vipattiyo vuttanayena avijjāpubbaṅgamattā avijjāmūlikā eva. Icchālobhasamussayāti asampattavisayapariyesanalakkhaṇāya icchāya, sampattavisayalubbhanalakkhaṇena lobhena ca samussitā upacitāti icchālobhasamussayā.
由于是指:因为以无明为因,被无明覆盖着。有恶欲者是指:由于被无明遮蔽,看不见恶欲的过患,凭着对并不存在的功德的虚妄想象,做出谄诳等行为,所以是有恶欲者;应当知道,这里也包含了由贪心所引起的过分贪求。不敬者是指:由于作为世间之主的愧之缺失,对同梵行者缺乏恭敬。因此是指:以无明、恶欲、无惭无愧为因。产生是指:积集身恶行等种种恶业。以此走向恶趣是指:以这样产生的恶业,走向并投生到地狱等恶趣之中。巴利
Yatoti yasmā avijjāhetu avijjāya nivuto hutvā. Pāpicchoti avijjāya paṭicchāditattā pāpicchatāya ādīnave apassanto asantaguṇasambhāvanavasena kohaññādīni karonto pāpiccho, lobheneva atricchatāpi gahitāti daṭṭhabbā. Anādaroti lokādhipatino ottappassa abhāvena sabrahmacārīsu ādararahito. Tatoti tasmā avijjāpāpicchatāahirikānottappahetu . Pasavatīti kāyaduccaritādibhedaṃ pāpaṃ upacinati. Apāyaṃ tena gacchatīti tena tathā pasutena pāpena nirayādibhedaṃ apāyaṃ gacchati upapajjati.
因此,因为正是这些欲、贪、无明,以及由“ca”一词一并包含的无惭无愧,是一切恶行的根本,也是一切恶趣和杂染的因,所以要以离弃和彻底断除的方式将它们去除。怎样离弃呢?回答说:“生起明”:也就是沿着观禅的次第和圣道的次第逐步提升,在自己的心相续中生起阿罗汉道之明。“一切恶趣”,是指一切被称为恶行的恶趣,或者说,因为它们是轮回之苦的依托处,所以是苦;这一切,乃至全部五趣,都应舍弃、断除、超越。因为仅仅断除了烦恼轮,业轮和果报轮也就随之被断除了。巴利
Tasmāti yasmā ete evaṃ sabbaduccaritamūlabhūtā sabbaduggatiparikkilesahetubhūtā ca avijjādayo, tasmā icchañca, lobhañca, avijjañca, casaddena ahirikānottappañca virājayaṃ samucchedavasena pajahaṃ. Kathaṃ virājetīti āha? Vijjaṃ uppādayanti, vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā ca, maggapaṭipāṭiyā ca, ussakkitvā arahattamaggavijjaṃ attano santāne uppādayanto. Sabbā duggatiyoti sabbāpi duccaritasaṅkhātā duggatiyo, vaṭṭadukkhassa vā adhiṭṭhānabhāvato dukkhā, sabbā pañcapi gatiyo jahe pajaheyya samatikkameyya. Kilesavaṭṭappahāneneva hi kammavaṭṭaṃ vipākavaṭṭañca pahīnaṃ hotīti.
《慧退失经》的注释巴利
4. Paññāparihīnasuttavaṇṇanā
41 第四经中,“极度缺失”就是彻底缺失。哪些有情“于圣慧缺失”呢?就是那些因为没有通过观照五蕴的生灭、没有通过通达四圣谛而远离烦恼安住,所以缺失了圣洁清净的观慧和道慧的有情。这些有情在世间和出世间的成就上极度缺失,遭受重大损失。那么他们是谁呢?就是那些具有业障的有情。他们因为陷入了决定邪性,所以完全缺失、不圆满,遭受重大损失,因此说“可以预期堕入恶趣”。具有果报障的也是缺失者。另外,从善的方面来说,不缺失的就是远离了这三种障碍、具有正见并拥有业自作智的人。其余内容可以按照前面所说的方式理解。巴利
41. Catutthe suparihīnāti suṭṭhu parihīnā. Ye ariyāya paññāya parihīnāti ye sattā pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayabbayapaṭivijjhanena catusaccapaṭivijjhanena ca kilesehi ārakā ṭhitattā ariyāya parisuddhāya vipassanāpaññāya ca maggapaññāya ca parihīnā, te lokiyalokuttarāhi sampattīhi ativiya parihīnā mahājānikā. Ke pana teti? Ye kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā. Te hi micchattaniyatabhāvato ekantena parihīnā aparipuṇṇā mahājānikā. Tenāha ‘‘duggati pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Vipākāvaraṇasamaṅginopi parihīnā. Atha vā sukkapakkhe aparihīnā nāma tividhāvaraṇavirahitā sammādiṭṭhikā kammassakatañāṇena ca samannāgatā. Sesaṃ vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.
在偈颂中,“由慧”这个词是表示“从……”的格,意思是由于观智和道智的缺失。或者也可以理解为属格,意思是前面所说的那种智的缺失。这里所说的缺失,就是本该生起的智没有生起。“执著于名色”是指对名色,也就是五取蕴,以“这是我的”等方式,依靠贪爱和邪见的力量而执取、紧抓不放,正因为如此,就认为“这是真实的”,也就是认为“只有这个才是真实的,别的都是虚妄的”。“包括天界的世界中”这一句里,格位的形式要相应转换过来。巴利
Gāthāsu paññāyāti nissakkavacanaṃ, vipassanāñāṇato maggañāṇato ca parihānenāti. Sāmivacanaṃ vā etaṃ, yathāvuttañāṇassa parihānenāti, uppādetabbassa anuppādanameva cettha parihānaṃ. Niviṭṭhaṃ nāmarūpasminti nāmarūpe upādānakkhandhapañcake ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ, tato eva idaṃ saccanti maññatīti ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti maññati. ‘‘Sadevake loke’’ti vibhatti pariṇāmetabbā.
就这样,先通过第一首偈颂显示了杂染的一面;现在,为了说明慧的威力——因为如果没有生起这种慧,就会由于对名色的虚妄分别和执著,而使烦恼之轮继续转动;而一旦生起这种慧,就能切断这烦恼之轮——所以说了“慧确实是世间最胜的”这首偈颂。巴利
Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya saṃkilesapakkhaṃ dassetvā idāni yassā anuppattiyā nāmarūpasmiṃ maññanābhinivesehi kilesavaṭṭaṃ vattati, tassā uppattiyā vaṭṭassa upacchedoti paññāya ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento ‘‘paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmi’’nti gāthamāha.
在这里,“世间”指的是行世间。就像在一切众生中正自觉者最为殊胜一样,在诸行之中,也没有任何法能与慧相比。因为一切善法都以慧为最上,当慧成就时,一切没有过失的法也就自然成就了。正如经中所说:“有正见的人,正思惟就会生起”等等。这里所赞叹的,正是这种最殊胜的慧。为了说明它是怎样运作的,经文接着说了“那趣向通达的”等话。它的意思是:这种慧,对于以前从未通达、从未破除的贪蕴等,能够穿透、破除而前进、运作,所以叫“趣向通达”;依靠这种慧,能在各种各样的有、胎、趣、识住、众生居处、众生群体中,对诸蕴的最初产生——也就是所谓的“生”,以及以它为特征的业有,正确而不颠倒地了知、证知其彻底灭尽,也就是涅槃和阿拉汉果。这种伴随观照的圣道慧,在世间中是最上的。巴利
Tattha lokasminti saṅkhāralokasmiṃ. Sammāsambuddho viya sattesu, saṅkhāresu paññāsadiso dhammo natthi. Paññuttarā hi kusalā dhammā, paññāya ca siddhāya sabbe anavajjadhammā siddhā eva honti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.141; saṃ. ni. 5.1). Yā panettha paññā adhippetā, sā seṭṭhāti thomitā. Yathā ca sā pavattati, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāyaṃ nibbedhagāminī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho – yā ayaṃ paññā anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhādiṃ nibbijjhantī padālentī gacchati pavattatīti nibbedhagāminī, yāya ca tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu sattanikāyesu khandhānaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattisaṅkhātāya jātiyā taṃnimittassa ca kammabhavassa parikkhayaṃ pariyosānaṃ nibbānaṃ arahattañca sammā aviparītaṃ jānāti sacchikaroti, ayaṃ sahavipassanā maggapaññā seṭṭhā lokasminti.
现在,为了称赞那些像上面所说的那样具足智慧威力、已经漏尽的人,说了最后这首偈颂:“天和人羡慕他们……”它的意思是:对这些人来说,因为他们在四圣谛上的遍知等十六种作用都已经完成,所以是依四谛的现观而正觉的;因为念已经达到圆满,所以是具念的人;因为已经按照上面所说的方式断除了迷乱,智慧达到圆满,所以是喜慧者;或者,因为从修行前期戒等开始圆满时起,一直到证得涅槃,始终充满喜悦、愉快和欢喜,所以是喜慧者;因为已经完全断尽一切再有结缚,是持有最后身体的人,所以这些漏尽者,天和人都羡慕他们、喜爱他们,想要达到他们那样的境界:“啊,智慧的威力!啊,但愿我们也能够像这样,超越一切苦!”巴利
Idāni yathāvuttapaññānubhāvasampanne khīṇāsave abhitthavanto ‘‘tesaṃ devā manussā cā’’ti osānagāthamāha. Tassattho – tesaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu pariññādīnaṃ soḷasannaṃ kiccānaṃ niṭṭhitattā catusaccasambodhena sambuddhānaṃ, sativepullappattiyā satimataṃ, vuttanayena samugghātitasammohattā paññāvepullappattiyā hāsapaññānaṃ, pubbabhāge vā sīlādipāripūrito paṭṭhāya yāva nibbānasacchikiriyāya hāsavedatuṭṭhipāmojjabahulatāya hāsapaññānaṃ, sabbaso parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanattā antimasarīradhārīnaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ devā manussā ca pihayanti piyā honti, tabbhāvaṃ adhigantuṃ icchanti ‘‘aho paññānubhāvo, aho vata mayampi edisā evaṃ nittiṇṇasabbadukkhā bhaveyyāmā’’ti.
第5篇《白法经》的注释巴利
5. Sukkadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
42 42. 第五经中,“白”并不是因为颜色白才叫白,而是因为它能带来白净、达到最极清净的状态,所以从成就意义上的白而称为白。就本性来说,一切善法本身就是白的,因为它们正好与黑(不善)法相反。当这些善法生起时,心就变得光明、清净。“法”指善法。“世间”指有情世间。“守护”指通过支持和维持来守护界限、建立规范。“惭”和“愧”:这里,对应当感到惭耻的事感到惭耻,或者通过这种心所而感到惭耻,就叫“惭”。正如《法集论》所说:“对应当感到惭耻的事感到惭耻,对造作种种恶不善法感到惭耻,这称为惭。”(《法集论》30)对应当感到怖畏的事感到怖畏,或者通过这种心所而感到怖畏,就叫“愧”。正如《法集论》所说:“对应当感到怖畏的事感到怖畏,对造作种种恶不善法感到怖畏,这称为愧。”(《法集论》31)巴利
42. Pañcame sukkāti na vaṇṇasukkatāya sukkā, sukkabhāvāya pana paramavodānāya saṃvattantīti nipphattisukkatāya sukkā. Sarasenapi sabbe kusalā dhammā sukkā eva kaṇhabhāvapaṭipakkhato . Tesañhi uppattiyā cittaṃ pabhassaraṃ hoti parisuddhaṃ. Dhammāti kusalā dhammā. Lokanti sattalokaṃ. Pālentīti ādhārasandhāraṇena mariyādaṃ ṭhapentā rakkhanti. Hirī ca ottappañcāti ettha hiriyati hiriyitabbena, hiriyanti etenāti vā hirī. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hiriyati hiriyitabbena, hiriyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, ayaṃ vuccati hirī’’ti (dha. sa. 30). Ottappati ottappitabbena, ottappanti etenāti vā ottappaṃ. Vuttampicetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ ottappati ottappitabbena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, idaṃ vuccati ottappa’’nti (dha. sa. 31).
在这里,惭从内在因素生起,愧从外在因素生起。惭以自己为增上,愧以世间为增上。惭立足于羞耻的本性,愧立足于恐惧的本性。惭的特相是恭敬,愧的特相是害怕过失、对罪过看到危险。巴利
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ. Attādhipateyyā hirī, lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ.
在这里,由内在因素生起的惭,通过四种原因生起:省察自己的出身、省察自己的年龄、省察自己的勇气、省察自己的多闻。怎样生起呢?心想:“造恶业这种事,不是出身高贵的人该做的,而是出身低贱的人、比如渔夫之类的人才会做的。像我这样出身高贵的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察自己的出身之后,不去做杀生等恶业,惭就生起了。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是年轻人该做的,像我这样已经上了年纪的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察自己的年龄之后,不去做杀生等恶业,惭就生起了。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是软弱无能的人该做的,像我这样具足勇气的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察自己的勇气之后,不去做杀生等恶业,惭就生起了。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是愚痴无知的人该做的,不是智者该做的。像我这样有智慧、又多闻的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察自己的多闻之后,不去做杀生等恶业,惭就生起了。就这样,由内在因素生起的惭,通过这四种原因生起。生起之后,把惭安放在自己心中,就不再做恶业。这样,惭就叫作由内在因素生起的。巴利
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti – jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā, vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā, sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā, bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ na jātisampannānaṃ kammaṃ, hīnajaccānaṃ kevaṭṭādīnaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa jātisampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ tāva jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ daharehi kattabbakammaṃ, mādisassa vaye ṭhitassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ dubbalajātikānaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa sūrabhāvasampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ andhabālānaṃ kammaṃ, na paṇḍitānaṃ, mādisassa paṇḍitassa bahussutassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti. Samuṭṭhāpetvā ca pana attano citte hiriṃ pavesetvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ hirī ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā nāma hoti.
什么是“从外生起的愧”呢?就是心里这样想:“如果你造作恶行,就会在四众之中遭到呵责。”巴利
Kathaṃ ottappaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma? ‘‘Sace tvaṃ pāpakammaṃ karissasi, catūsu parisāsu garahappatto bhavissasi.
智者将呵责你,犹如城中人呵责不净之物。
被持戒的人责备了,比丘,你要怎么办?巴利
‘‘Garahissanti taṃ viññū, asuciṃ nāgariko yathā; Vajjito sīlavantehi, kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasī’’ti. –
一个人审察的时候,确实会因为从外面生起的愧而不去造作恶业。这样,愧就是从外面生起的。巴利
Paccavekkhanto hi bahiddhāsamuṭṭhitena ottappena pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ ottappaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma hoti.
怎样才叫“以自己为增上”的惭呢?在这里,有位良家子把自己当作最高、最尊的标准,心想:“像我这样,因为信仰而出家,多闻,又奉行头陀行,如果去做恶业,那实在不合适。”于是他就不做恶业。这样,就叫作“以自己为增上”的惭。因此,世尊这样说——巴利
Kathaṃ hirī attādhipateyyā nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto attānaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā ‘‘mādisassa saddhāpabbajitassa bahussutassa dhutavādissa na yuttaṃ pāpakammaṃ kātu’’nti pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ hirī attādhipateyyā nāma hoti. Tenāha bhagavā –
他以自己为最高准则,断除不善,修习善,断除有过失的,修习无过失的,保持自身的清净。巴利
‘‘So attānaṃyeva adhipatiṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
什么叫“以世间为增上”的愧?这里,有位良家子把世间当作最高、最尊,因此不造恶业。就像经里说的——巴利
Kathaṃ ottappaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto lokaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Yathāha –
这个世间共住确实广大。在这广大的世间共住中,有些沙门婆罗门拥有神通、具足天眼、能了知他人之心。他们从远处也能看见,近在眼前却不被看见,也能以心去了知他人的心。他们也会这样知道我:“看哪,这位善男子出于信心,从在家出家,却与种种恶不善法混杂而住。”也有些天女拥有神通、具足天眼、能了知他人之心。她们从远处也能看见,近在眼前却不被看见,也能以心去了知他人的心。她们也会这样知道我:“看哪,这位善男子出于信心,从在家出家,却与种种恶不善法混杂而住。”于是,他以世间为增上,舍弃不善。巴利
‘‘Mahā kho panāyaṃ lokasannivāso. Mahantasmiṃ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno , te dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tepi maṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. Santi devatā iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo, tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tāpi maṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ, kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. So lokaṃyeva adhipatiṃ katvā akusalaṃ pajahatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
这就是以世间为增上力的愧。巴利
Evaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ.
“以惭耻为本性而住立”这句话里,“惭耻”指的是羞耻的心态,以这种本性而住立的就是愧。“怖畏”指的是对恶趣的恐惧,以这种本性而住立的就是无惭。这两者在避开恶行时表现出来。其中,就像两个铁球,一个冰冷但涂满了粪便,另一个炽热燃烧。对于这两个,智者因为厌恶那个冷的涂了粪便而不去拿,因为害怕被烧而避开那个热的。同样,智者由于惭而厌恶恶行,所以不造恶;由于无惭而害怕堕入恶趣,所以不造恶。这样,愧是以惭耻为本性而住立,无惭是以怖畏为本性而住立。巴利
Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitāti ettha lajjāti lajjanākāro, tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitā hirī. Bhayanti apāyabhayaṃ, tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ pāpaparivajjane pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tattha yathā dvīsu ayoguḷesu eko sītalo bhaveyya gūthamakkhito, eko uṇho āditto. Tesu yathā sītalaṃ gūthamakkhitattā jigucchanto viññujātiko na gaṇhāti, itaraṃ dāhabhayena, evaṃ paṇḍito lajjāya jigucchanto pāpaṃ na karoti, ottappena apāyabhīto pāpaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ.
惭以有尊重恭敬为特征,愧以畏惧过失、见到可怕为特征,这该怎么理解呢?有些人通过四种原因——回顾出身的高贵、回顾导师的伟大、回顾遗产的殊胜、回顾同修梵行者的尊贵——对这些生起尊重,从而发起具有尊重恭敬特征的惭,不造恶。有些人通过四种原因——害怕自我谴责、害怕他人谴责、害怕刑罚、害怕恶趣——对过失感到恐惧,从而发起具有畏惧过失、见到可怕特征的愧,不造恶。在这里,惭和愧从内心生起等特性,在各处都是明显可见的,但它们任何时候都不会彼此分离。因为羞耻不可能没有恐惧,而对恶的恐惧也不可能没有羞耻。巴利
Kathaṃ sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ? Ekacco hi jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇā, satthumahattapaccavekkhaṇā, dāyajjamahattapaccavekkhaṇā, sabrahmacārimahattapaccavekkhaṇāti catūhi kāraṇehi tattha gāravena sappatissavalakkhaṇaṃ hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti, ekacco attānuvādabhayaṃ, parānuvādabhayaṃ, daṇḍabhayaṃ, duggatibhayanti catūhi kāraṇehi vajjato bhāyanto vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Ettha ca ajjhattasamuṭṭhānāditā hirottappānaṃ tattha tattha pākaṭabhāvena vuttā, na pana nesaṃ kadāci aññamaññavippayogo. Na hi lajjanaṃ nibbhayaṃ, pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ atthīti.
比丘们,如果这两种清净的法不守护世间——比丘们,如果这两种没有过失的法不保护世间,如果世间守护者不存在,那么在这里就认不出母亲了。也就是说,在这个世间,亲生母亲不会因为“这是我的母亲”这份尊重恭敬的心而被认出,没法确定“这是母亲”。剩下的词句也是同样的道理。“姨母”就是母亲的姐妹。“舅母”就是舅父的妻子。“尊长们”是指祖父、叔父、兄长等应当受到尊敬的人。“混杂”就是混乱,或者说是界限被破坏。这里用“羊等”来打比方。因为这些众生不会用“这是我的母亲”或者“这是姨母”这样尊重恭敬的心去认知,即使是对自己所依止的对象,也会做出颠倒的行为。所以举出羊等来做譬喻。这里的简要意思是:就像羊等畜生,没有惭愧,不把母亲等当作母亲,破坏界限,到处混杂而行;同样地,如果护世的法不存在,这个人世间也会到处混杂而行。然而,正因为这些护世的法守护着世间,所以没有混杂。巴利
Imece, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ na pāleyyunti bhikkhave, ime dve anavajjadhammā yadi lokaṃ na rakkheyyuṃ, lokapālakā yadi na bhaveyyuṃ. Nayidha paññāyetha mātāti idha imasmiṃ loke janikā mātā ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā’’ti garucittīkāravasena na paññāyetha, ‘‘ayaṃ mātā’’ti na labbheyya. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Mātucchāti mātubhaginī. Mātulānīti mātulabhariyā. Garūnanti mahāpitucūḷapitujeṭṭhabhātuādīnaṃ garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ. Sambhedanti saṅkaraṃ, mariyādabhedaṃ vā. Yathā ajeḷakātiādīhi upamaṃ dasseti. Ete hi sattā ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā’’ti vā ‘‘mātucchā’’ti vā garucittīkāravasena na jānanti, yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya uppannā, tatthapi vippaṭipajjanti. Tasmā upamaṃ āharanto ajeḷakādayo āhari. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – yathā ajeḷakādayo tiracchānā hirottapparahitā mātādisaññaṃ akatvā bhinnamariyādā sabbattha sambhedena vattanti, evamayaṃ manussaloko yadi lokapālakadhammā na bhaveyyuṃ, sabbattha sambhedena vatteyya. Yasmā panime lokapālakadhammā lokaṃ pālenti, tasmā natthi sambhedoti.
在偈颂中,“若人无惭无愧”这一句里的“若”只是个虚词。对于哪些众生来说,惭和愧在任何时候、一切时中都不存在,都找不到。说他们“已越出善根”,是因为:他们要么造了能断绝善根的业,要么作为善法根基的惭和愧本身就不存在,因此他们背离了善法而安住于退堕之中,所以叫“越出善根”。又因为他们具有一再出生、衰老、死亡的本性,所以是走向生死的,不能超越轮回。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Gāthāsu yesaṃ ce hiriottappanti ceti nipātamattaṃ. Yesaṃ sattānaṃ hirī ca ottappañca sabbadāva sabbakālameva na vijjati na upalabbhati. Vokkantā sukkamūlā teti te sattā kusalamūlapacchedāvahassāpi kammassa karaṇato kusalakammānaṃ patiṭṭhānabhūtānaṃ hirottappānameva vā abhāvato kusalato vokkamitvā, apasakkitvā, ṭhitattā vokkantā sukkamūlā, punappunaṃ jāyanamīyanasabhāvattā jātimaraṇagāmino saṃsāraṃ nātivattantīti attho.
而那些心意清净的众生,则具有惭与愧。这些法在任何时候,不论昼夜,在新学、中辈、长老时期,都正确地现前安住,对恶行厌恶、恐惧,以彼分断等方式舍断恶行。梵行已增盛,是指在教法梵行与道梵行中达到增盛。他们证得最上之道,因一切烦恼彻底寂灭,故为寂静者;或因具有寂静的功德,故为寂静者;又因后有已被灭尽,故成为后有已尽者。巴利
Yesañca hiriottappanti yesaṃ pana parisuddhamatīnaṃ sattānaṃ hirī ca ottappañcāti ime dhammā sadā sabbakālaṃ rattindivaṃ navamajjhimattherakālesu sammā upagamma ṭhitā pāpā jigucchantā bhāyantā tadaṅgādivasena pāpaṃ pajahantā. Virūḷhabrahmacariyāti sāsanabrahmacariye maggabrahmacariye ca virūḷhaṃ āpannā, aggamaggādhigamena sabbaso santakilesatāya santaguṇatāya vā santo, punabbhavassa khepitattā khīṇapunabbhavā hontīti.
第六 不生经的注释巴利
6. Ajātasuttavaṇṇanā
43 43. 第六,“有,比丘们”这一句是怎么来的?据说有一天,世尊用种种方式说明轮回的过患,又围绕止息轮回、与涅槃相应的主题讲了一场法。比丘们听了之后心想:“世尊说这个轮回是有原因的,以无明等为因;可是对于作为彼止息的涅槃,却没说什么原因。那这个没有原因的涅槃,在究竟意义上怎么能被证得呢?”于是世尊为了消除这些比丘的疑惑和困惑,也为了破斥那些像顺世派之类走错路的人——他们以为“涅槃涅槃”只是嘴上说说而已,因为在究竟意义上涅槃根本找不到、也不存在——以及为了破斥外道各种邪见的错误说法,为了说明大甘露涅槃在究竟意义上确实存在,并显示它具有出离等功德和力量,就以法喜涌动的优陀那方式说了这部经。事实上,这部经也收在《优陀那》里(udā. 72-74)。巴利
43. Chaṭṭhe atthi, bhikkhaveti kā uppatti? Ekadivasaṃ kira bhagavatā anekapariyāyena saṃsāre ādīnavaṃ pakāsetvā tadupasamanādivasena nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammadesanāya katāya bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi ‘‘ayaṃ saṃsāro bhagavatā avijjādīhi kāraṇehi sahetuko vutto, nibbānassa pana tadupasamassa na kiñci kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, tayidaṃ ahetukaṃ kathaṃ saccikaṭṭhaparamatthena upalabbhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vimatividhamanatthañceva, ‘‘idha samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ‘nibbānaṃ nibbāna’nti vācāvatthumattameva, natthi hi paramatthato nibbānaṃ nāma anupalabbhamānasabhāvattā’’ti lokāyatikādayo viya vippaṭipannānaṃ bahiddhā ca puthudiṭṭhigatikānaṃ micchāvādabhañjanatthañca, amatamahānibbānassa paramatthato atthibhāvadīpanatthaṃ tassa ca nissaraṇabhāvādiānubhāvavantatādīpanatthaṃ pītivegena udānavasena idaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Tathā hi idaṃ suttaṃ udānepi (udā. 72-74) saṅgītaṃ.
在这里,“存在”是指以究竟真实的意义上可以被证得。“无生”“无有”“非作”“无为”这些词,彼此都是同义词。或者说,像受等诸法那样,由被称为因缘和合的原因条件聚合而生起、被产生,而涅槃不是这样生起的,所以叫“无生”。没有原因、自己并不存在、不显现、不生起,所以叫“无有”。正因为如此无生、无有,所以不被任何原因所造作,叫“非作”。名色等有为法,其本性是有生、有、有作的,而涅槃的本性不是这样——为了显示这一点,所以说“无为”。或者反过来讲:由种种因缘和合共同造作而成的,是有为;不是这样造作的,就是无为,也就是不具备有为的特征。这样,在否定了“由多种原因所生”之后,可能有人会想:“那是不是由某一个原因造作的呢?”为了说明“不是由任何原因所造作的”,所以说“非作”。虽然没有原因,但可能有人会想:“难道它是自己存在、自己显现的吗?”为了排除这个疑问,所以说“无有”。而为了显示它的无为、非作、无有,完全是因为它本身就是无生的法,所以说“无生”。应当知道,这四个词各自都有这样的作用。巴利
Tattha atthīti vijjati paramatthato upalabbhati. Ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhatanti sabbānipi padāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Atha vā vedanādayo viya hetupaccayasamavāyasaṅkhātāya kāraṇasāmaggiyā na jātaṃ na nibbattanti ajātaṃ. Kāraṇena vinā sayameva na bhūtaṃ na pātubhūtaṃ na uppannanti abhūtaṃ. Evaṃ ajātattā abhūtattā ca yena kenaci kāraṇena na katanti akataṃ. Jātabhūtakatasabhāvo ca nāmarūpādīnaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ hoti, na asaṅkhatasabhāvassa nibbānassāti dassanatthaṃ asaṅkhatanti vuttaṃ. Paṭilomato vā samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katanti saṅkhataṃ, tathā na saṅkhataṃ, saṅkhatalakkhaṇarahitanti ca asaṅkhatanti evaṃ anekehi kāraṇehi nibbattitabhāve paṭisiddhe ‘‘siyā nu kho ekeneva kāraṇena kata’’nti āsaṅkāyaṃ ‘‘na kenaci kata’’nti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘akata’’nti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ appaccayampi samānaṃ ‘‘sayameva nu kho idaṃ bhūtaṃ pātubhūta’’nti āsaṅkāyaṃ tannivattanatthaṃ ‘‘abhūta’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayañca etassa asaṅkhatākatābhūtabhāvo sabbena sabbaṃ ajātidhammattāti dassetuṃ ‘‘ajāta’’nti vuttanti. Evametesaṃ catunnampi padānaṃ sātthakabhāvo veditabbo.
世尊这样说了“诸比丘,存在无生、无有、非作、无为”,从究竟义上说明了涅槃的存在,然后为了指出其中的理由,又说了“诸比丘,如果没有此……”等话。这段话的要点是:诸比丘,如果那个具有无生等性质的无为界不存在、不会有,那么在这个世间,对于具有有生等性质、被称为色等五取蕴的诸行,就无法了知、无法证得、不可能有彻底的出离,也就是无余的寂止。因为以涅槃为所缘而生起的正见等圣道法,能无余断尽烦恼,所以在这里,一切轮回之苦的不生起、消失、出离才得以了知。巴利
Iti bhagavā ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti paramatthato nibbānassa atthibhāvaṃ vatvā tattha hetuṃ dassento ‘‘no cetaṃ, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepo – bhikkhave, yadi ajātādisabhāvā asaṅkhatā dhātu na abhavissa na siyā, idha loke jātādisabhāvassa rūpādikkhandhapañcakasaṅkhātassa saṅkhāragatassa nissaraṇaṃ anavasesavaṭṭupasamo na paññāyeyya na upalabbheyya na sambhaveyya. Nibbānañhi ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattamānā sammādiṭṭhiādayo ariyamaggadhammā anavasesato kilese samucchindanti, tenettha sabbassapi vaṭṭadukkhassa appavatti apagamo nissaraṇaṃ paññāyati.
世尊这样通过否定的方式显示了涅槃的存在之后,现在又要通过随顺的方式来说明它,所以说了“又因为……”等话,这些话的意思和前面所说的完全一样。在这里,世尊出于对一切世间的悲悯,已经在很多经典里教导过涅槃界在究竟意义上是真实存在的,比如“非缘起之法、无为之法”,“比丘们,存在那样一个处所,在那里既没有地……”,“这也是一个难以见到的境地,即一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍弃”,“比丘们,我要为你们宣说无为法以及通向无为的道路”,还有这部经里“比丘们,存在无生”等等。因此,不应该否认涅槃的存在。对于尚未亲证的智者来说,这里根本没有任何疑惑或犹豫。但是,为了消除那些缺乏智慧的人的疑惑,这里通过确定意趣的方式来进行推理分析:就像欲界和色界这些还有更上之法可被遍知的事物,存在着与它们相对立、性质完全不同的出离,可以被智慧了知;同样,对于具有那种性质的一切有为法,也必定存在着与它们相对立、性质完全不同的出离。这个出离,就是无为界。还有,以有为法为所缘的观智,即使是随顺智,也不能以断除的方式断除烦恼;而以世俗谛为所缘的初禅等智慧,只能以压制的方式暂时去除烦恼,不能以断除的方式断除。既然以有为法和世俗谛为所缘的智慧不能以断除的方式断除烦恼,那么能够以断除方式断除烦恼的圣道智,它所缘的对象就必须具有与这两者相反的性质,那就是无为界。同样,“比丘们,存在无生、无有、非作、无为”这句话,是在宣说涅槃在究竟意义上存在,因为是世尊所说的,所以它的含义没有错谬。凡是世尊所说的,含义都没有错谬,都是究竟意义上的,就像“一切行无常,一切行苦,一切法无我”一样。同样,“涅槃”这个词在某些场合,是指如实的究竟意义为对象,因为存在假借的用法,就像“狮子”这个词一样。或者,无为界在究竟意义上确实存在,因为它具有与其余一切事物相反、完全超脱的性质,就像地界、受等一样。通过以上这些方法,从道理上也可以知道无为界在究竟意义上是存在的。巴利
Evaṃ byatirekavasena nibbānassa atthibhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni anvayavasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yasmā ca kho’’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ vuttatthameva. Ettha ca yasmā ‘‘apaccayā dhammā, asaṅkhatā dhammā (dha. sa. dukamātikā 7, 8). Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī (udā. 71). Idampi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo (mahāva. 7; ma. ni. 1.281). Asaṅkhatañca vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi asaṅkhatagāminiñca paṭipada’’ntiādīhi (saṃ. ni. 4.366) anekehi suttapadehi ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajāta’’nti imināpi suttena nibbānadhātuyā paramatthato sabbhāvo sabbalokaṃ anukampamānena sammāsambuddhena desito, tasmā na paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Tattha appaccakkhakārīnampi viññūnaṃ kaṅkhā vā vimati vā natthi eva. Ye pana abuddhipuggalā, tesaṃ vimativinodanatthaṃ ayamettha adhippāyaniddhāraṇamukhena yuttivicāraṇā – yathā pariññeyyatāya sauttarānaṃ kāmānaṃ rūpānañca paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tabbidhurasabhāvaṃ nissaraṇaṃ paññāyati, evaṃ taṃsabhāvānaṃ sabbesaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtena tabbidhurasabhāvena nissaraṇena bhavitabbaṃ. Yañcetaṃ nissaraṇaṃ, sā asaṅkhatā dhātu. Kiñca bhiyyo, saṅkhatadhammārammaṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ api anulomañāṇaṃ kilese samucchedavasena pajahituṃ na sakkoti, tathā sammutisaccārammaṇaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu ñāṇaṃ vikkhambhanavaseneva kilese pajahati, na samucchedavasena. Iti saṅkhatadhammārammaṇassa sammutisaccārammaṇassa ca ñāṇassa kilesānaṃ samucchedappahāne asamatthabhāvato tesaṃ samucchedappahānakarassa ariyamaggañāṇassa tadubhayaviparītasabhāvena ārammaṇena bhavitabbaṃ , sā asaṅkhatā dhātu. Tathā ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti idaṃ nibbānassa paramatthato atthibhāvajotakavacanaṃ aviparītatthaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitattā. Yañhi bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ, taṃ aviparītatthaṃ paramatthanti yathā taṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā, sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti (dha. pa. 277-279; cūḷani. hemakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 56). Tathā nibbānasaddo katthaci visaye yathābhūtaparamatthavisayo upacāravuttisabbhāvato seyyathāpi sīhasaddo. Atha vā attheva paramatthato asaṅkhatādhātu itaratabbiparītavinimuttasabhāvattā seyyathāpi pathavīdhātu vedanāti. Evamādīhi nayehi yuttitopi asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā paramatthato atthibhāvo veditabbo.
在偈颂中,“已生”是从生起这个意义上说的,也就是已经达到了生的相。“已存在”是从存在的意义上说的,也就是原本没有而后出现。“已集起”是从俱有的状态生起的,也就是与俱有之法一起生起。“已作”是由作为原因的诸缘所造出来的。“有为”就是由那些缘共同和合而造作的,所以叫有为。这些都是缘所生之法的别名。因为没有常、实质等,所以是“无常”。它必定与老和死相接合相混,所以是“老死集合”。也有人读作“老死相触”,意思是受老和死逼迫、折磨。它是眼病等种种疾病的巢穴,所以叫“病巢”。因为它的自性以及由外力作用都极易坏灭,所以是“易坏”。巴利
Gāthāsu jātanti jāyanaṭṭhena jātaṃ, jātilakkhaṇappattanti attho. Bhūtanti bhavanaṭṭhena bhūtaṃ, ahutvā sambhūtanti attho. Samuppannanti sahitabhāvena uppannaṃ, sahitehi dhammehi ca uppannanti attho. Katanti kāraṇabhūtehi paccayehi nibbattitaṃ. Saṅkhatanti tehiyeva samecca sambhuyya katanti saṅkhataṃ, sabbametaṃ paccayanibbattassa adhivacanaṃ. Niccasārādivirahitato addhuvaṃ. Jarāya maraṇena ca ekanteneva saṅghaṭitaṃ saṃsaṭṭhanti jarāmaraṇasaṅghātaṃ. ‘‘Jarāmaraṇasaṅghaṭṭa’’ntipi paṭhanti, jarāya maraṇena ca upaddutaṃ pīḷitanti attho. Akkhirogādīnaṃ anekesaṃ rogānaṃ nīḷaṃ kulāvakanti roganīḷaṃ. Sarasato upakkamato ca pabhaṅguparamasīlatāya pabhaṅguraṃ.
四种食,以及被称为渴爱的引导,是它的来源和生起之处,所以叫“食导为源”。或者,一切缘都可以说是食。但在这里,因为是通过渴爱来把握引导,所以应当知道这是排除渴爱之后的说法。因此,食和引导是它的来源,所以叫“食导为源”。或者,食本身就有引导、运转的意义,因此就是引导,这样也叫“食导为源”。“不应欢喜于彼”:那五取蕴就是这样依缘而存在,正因如此是无常、是苦,不应该用渴爱和邪见去欢喜它、贪著它。巴利
Catubbidho āhāro ca taṇhāsaṅkhātā netti ca pabhavo samuṭṭhānaṃ etassāti āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Sabbopi vā paccayo āhāro. Idha pana taṇhāya nettiggahaṇena gahitattā taṇhāvajjā veditabbā. Tasmā āhāro ca netti ca pabhavo etassāti āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Āhāro eva vā nayanaṭṭhena pavattanaṭṭhena nettīti evampi āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Nālaṃ tadabhinanditunti taṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ evaṃ paccayādhīnavuttikaṃ, tato eva aniccaṃ, dukkhañca taṇhādiṭṭhīhi abhinandituṃ assādetuṃ na yuttaṃ.
对于“它的出离”:前面所说“已生、已存在”等的那个有身,它的出离、脱出,因为不存在那种不寂静的贪等烦恼和一切行,又因为具有寂止和殊胜的性质,所以是“寂静的”;因为不是寻思之智所能触及的境界,所以是“非寻思所行”;因为具有恒常之义,所以是“坚固”;正因如此,所以是“无生”、“无产生”;因为没有忧愁的原因,所以是“无忧”;因为远离了贪等尘垢,所以是“离垢”;因为是被轮回之苦逼迫的人应当修行的道路,所以是“足处”;因为是生等苦法的灭除之因,所以是“苦法的灭”;因为是一切行寂止之因,所以是“行的寂止”;正因如此,因为是极度的安乐,所以是“乐”。他以这一切词句赞叹大甘露涅槃。如此,世尊在第一首偈颂中以遮遣的方式,在第二首偈颂中以随顺的方式,阐明了涅槃。巴利
Tassanissaraṇanti ‘‘jātaṃ bhūta’’ntiādinā vuttassa tassa sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ nikkamo anupasantasabhāvassa rāgādikilesassa sabbasaṅkhārassa ca abhāvena tadupasamabhāvena pasatthabhāvena ca santaṃ, takkañāṇassa agocarabhāvato atakkāvacaraṃ, niccaṭṭhena dhuvaṃ, tato eva ajātaṃ asamuppannaṃ, sokahetūnaṃ abhāvato asokaṃ, vigatarāgādirajattā virajaṃ, saṃsāradukkhaṭṭitehi paṭipajjitabbattā padaṃ, jātiādidukkhadhammānaṃ nirodhahetutāya nirodho dukkhadhammānaṃ, sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ upasamahetutāya saṅkhārūpasamo, tato eva accantasukhatāya sukhoti sabbapadehi amatamahānibbānameva thometi. Evaṃ bhagavā paṭhamagāthāya byatirekavasena, dutiyagāthāya anvayavasena ca nibbānaṃ vibhāvesi.
第七 涅槃界经的注释巴利
7. Nibbānadhātusuttavaṇṇanā
44 第七项中,“两种”就是指这两种。“林”是渴爱的称呼;从林中出来,或者这里没有林,又或者当这个境界被证得时渴爱就不存在了,所以叫涅槃。它本身因为无众生、无命,以及保持自性的意义,所以叫界,也就是涅槃界。涅槃在究竟意义上虽然没有差别,但按方便说法则可以被区分。为了说明这种方便上的区分,说了“比丘们,有两种涅槃界”,接着为了展示所意想的区分,说了“有余依”等。其中,因为被渴爱等以果的方式执取,所以叫取依,也就是五蕴。取依的残余就是取依余;与取依余同在的,就是有余依;因为没有这个取依余,所以是无余依。巴利
44. Sattame dvemāti dve imā. Vānaṃ vuccati taṇhā, nikkhantaṃ vānato, natthi vā ettha vānaṃ, imasmiṃ vā adhigate vānassa abhāvoti nibbānaṃ, tadeva nissattanijjīvaṭṭhena sabhāvadhāraṇaṭṭhena ca dhātūti nibbānadhātu. Yadipi tassā paramatthato bhedo natthi , pariyāyena pana paññāyatīti taṃ pariyāyabhedaṃ sandhāya ‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, nibbānadhātuyo’’ti vatvā yathādhippetappabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saupādisesā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha taṇhādīhi phalabhāvena upādīyatīti upādi, khandhapañcakaṃ. Upādiyeva sesoti upādiseso, saha upādisesenāti saupādisesā, tadabhāvato anupādisesā.
阿拉汉,就是烦恼已经远离的人,意思是烦恼远去了。世尊确实这样说过:巴利
Arahanti ārakakileso, dūrakilesoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,怎样的比丘是阿罗汉呢?那些恶的、不善的、杂染的、导致再有的、带来祸患和苦报的、未来会引生生老死的法,都已经远离了他。比丘们,这样的比丘就是阿罗汉。巴利
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti, ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā, sadarā dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.434).
漏尽者:欲漏等四种漏,对阿罗汉来说已经灭尽、彻底断除、舍弃、止息,再也不可能生起,被智慧之火焚毁了,所以叫漏尽者。已住完成:他在师长共住中、在圣道中、在十种圣住中,已住、已遍住、已圆满安住、已安住而住,践行了所行之道,所以叫已住完成。所作已办:从善凡夫算起,七种有学依四道而修应作之事,而漏尽者的一切应作都已成办、圆满,为了证得苦的灭尽再无余事可作,所以叫所作已办。这也曾被这样说过——巴利
Khīṇāsavoti kāmāsavādayo cattāropi āsavā arahato khīṇā samucchinnā pahīnā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti khīṇāsavo. Vusitavāti garusaṃvāsepi ariyamaggepi dasasu ariyavāsesupi vasi parivasi parivuṭṭho vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇoti vusitavā. Katakaraṇīyoti puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya satta sekhā catūhi maggehi karaṇīyaṃ karonti nāma, khīṇāsavassa sabbakaraṇīyāni katāni pariyositāni, natthi uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ dukkhakkhayādhigamāyāti katakaraṇīyo. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
对于这位已正确解脱、内心寂静的比丘,
对于已作之事,不再有新的积累;再也没有什么应当去做的了。巴利
‘‘Tassa sammā vimuttassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno; Katassa paṭicayo natthi, karaṇīyaṃ na vijjatī’’ti. (a. ni. 6.55; mahāva. 244);
已放下重担:重担有三种——蕴的重担、烦恼的重担、行作的重担。对这位阿拉汉来说,这三种重担都已放下、卸下、舍弃、抛开了,所以叫“已放下重担”。已到达己利:就是已经到达了自己的利益,也就是自己的目标;这里是把 ka 音转成了 da 音。因为他已经借此到达了己利,所以叫“已到达己利”;而“己利”应当理解为阿拉汉果。因为阿拉汉果从系属于自身、不离开自身、是自身最胜、是自身真正利益这几个意义上,成为自己的目标,所以叫己利。已灭尽有结:欲贪结、嗔恚结、慢结、见结、疑结、戒禁取结、有贪结、嫉妒结、悭吝结、无明结——这些结把众生绑在种种有中,或者让有与有之间互相连结、系缚,所以叫有结。对阿拉汉来说,这些有结已经彻底灭尽、断除,被智慧之火烧尽了,所以叫“已灭尽有结”。以正智解脱:这里的“正智”就是正确地了知之后——也就是说,正确地如实了知诸蕴的蕴义、诸处的处义、诸界的空义、苦的逼迫义、集的生起义、灭的寂静义、道的见义,或者正确地如实了知“诸行无常”等种种分类,去了知、判断、衡量、辨明、弄清楚之后。“解脱”:解脱有两种——心解脱和涅槃。因为阿拉汉从一切烦恼中解脱,所以既以心解脱而解脱,也于涅槃而解脱。因此说“以正智解脱”。巴利
Ohitabhāroti tayo bhārā – khandhabhāro, kilesabhāro, abhisaṅkhārabhāroti. Tassime tayopi bhārā ohitā oropitā nikkhittā pātitāti ohitabhāro. Anuppattasadatthoti anuppatto sadatthaṃ, sakatthanti vuttaṃ hoti, kakārassa dakāro kato. Anuppatto sadattho etenāti anuppattasadattho, sadatthoti ca arahattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañhi attupanibandhaṭṭhena attano avijahanaṭṭhena attano paramatthena ca attano atthattā sakattho hoti. Parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanoti kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ, paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ, mānadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsabhavarāgaissāmacchariyaavijjāsaṃyojananti imāni satte bhavesu. Bhavaṃ vā bhavena saṃyojenti upanibandhantīti bhavasaṃyojanāni nāma. Tāni arahato parikkhīṇāni, pahīnāni, ñāṇagginā, daḍḍhānīti parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano. Sammadaññā vimuttoti ettha sammadaññāti sammā aññāya, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – khandhānaṃ khandhaṭṭhaṃ, āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ, dhātūnaṃ suññaṭṭhaṃ, dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭhaṃ, samudayassa pabhavaṭṭhaṃ, nirodhassa santaṭṭhaṃ, maggassa dassanaṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti evamādibhedaṃ vā sammā yathābhūtaṃ aññāya jānitvā tīrayitvā tulayitvā vibhāvetvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. Vimuttoti dve vimuttiyo cittassa ca vimutti nibbānañca. Arahā hi sabbakilesehi vimuttattā cittavimuttiyāpi vimutto, nibbānepi vimuttoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sammadaññā vimutto’’ti.
只要那位阿罗汉作为最后一生之因的业尚未耗尽,他的眼等五根就仍然持续存在。“因无损害故”,是说它们不会以无生灭的方式被破坏。“悦意与不悦意”,是指可爱与不可爱的色等所缘境。“感受”,就是领纳、获得。“感受乐与苦”,就是领受作为果报的乐与苦,也就是通过那些根门去获得。巴利
Tassa tiṭṭhanteva pañcindriyānīti tassa arahato carimabhavahetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ yāva na khīyati, tāva tiṭṭhantiyeva cakkhādīni pañcindriyāni. Avighātattāti anuppādanirodhavasena aniruddhattā. Manāpāmanāpanti iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ rūpādigocaraṃ. Paccanubhotīti vindati paṭilabhati. Sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetīti vipākabhūtaṃ sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedeti tehi dvārehi paṭilabhati.
到这里,已经说明了有余依;现在为了说明有余依涅槃界,才说了“tassa yo”等话。其中,“tassa”指那位处于有余依状态的阿罗汉。“Yo rāgakkhayo”就是贪的灭尽、已尽的状态、不存在、毕竟不再生起。这个说法也适用于其余两者。到这里,贪等的灭尽就被显示为有余依涅槃界。巴利
Ettāvatā upādisesaṃ dassetvā idāni saupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tassa yo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tassāti tassa saupādisesassa sato arahato. Yo rāgakkhayoti rāgassa khayo khīṇākāro abhāvo accantamanuppādo. Esa nayo sesesupi. Ettāvatā rāgādikkhayo saupādisesā nibbānadhātūti dassitaṃ hoti.
就在这个生命体当中。一切被感受的,是指乐受等一切无记受;至于善受和不善受,则在之前就已经断除了。不被欢喜,是指不被渴爱等所欢喜。将会变得清凉,意思是:由于彻底的寂止,诸行的躁动止息,因而变得清凉;也就是由于不再有结生而灭尽。并不只是被感受的受而已,实际上,一切漏尽者相续中的五蕴都将灭尽,这里只是以受为代表来作开示。巴利
Idhevāti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sabbavedayitānīti sukhādayo sabbā abyākatavedanā, kusalākusalavedanā pana pubbeyeva pahīnāti. Anabhinanditānīti taṇhādīhi na abhinanditāni. Sītibhavissantīti accantavūpasamena saṅkhāradarathapaṭippassaddhiyā sītalī bhavissanti, appaṭisandhikanirodhena nirujjhissantīti attho. Na kevalaṃ vedayitāniyeva, sabbepi pana khīṇāsavasantāne pañcakkhandhā nirujjhissanti, vedayitasīsena desanā katā.
在偈颂中,“具眼者”是指具有佛眼、法眼、天眼、慧眼、普眼这五种眼的人。“无所依着”是指不依着于任何法——不依着于渴爱和邪见,或者说不被贪欲的束缚等所捆绑。“如此者”是指以六支舍的方式,在一切可爱与不可爱等境界中保持平等一味,这种特质称为“如此相”,具备这种特质的人就是“如此者”。“现法”是指在现在这个身体中存在的、当下正在发生的。“由于有的引导线被灭尽”是指作为有之引导线的渴爱被彻底灭尽。“来世”是指在来世,即五蕴坏灭之后的未来阶段才生起的。“在那种中”是指在那种无余涅槃之中。“诸有”这里是用语法性别倒置的方式来说的,意思是种种再生有都将毫无剩余地全部彻底熄灭,不再生起。巴利
Gāthāsu cakkhumatāti buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhu, samantacakkhūti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumatā. Anissitenāti taṇhādiṭṭhinissayavasena kañci dhammaṃ anissitena, rāgabandhanādīhi vā abandhena. Tādināti chaḷaṅgupekkhāvasena sabbattha iṭṭhādīsu ekasabhāvatāsaṅkhātena tādilakkhaṇena tādinā. Diṭṭhadhammikāti imasmiṃ attabhāve bhavā vattamānā. Bhavanettisaṅkhayāti bhavanettiyā taṇhāya parikkhayā. Samparāyikāti samparāye khandhabhedato parabhāge bhavā. Yamhīti yasmiṃ anupādisesanibbāne. Bhavānīti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, upapattibhavā sabbaso anavasesā nirujjhanti, na pavattanti.
他们就是那些如此心解脱的人。由于证得法之精髓:因为这部法与律的精髓就是解脱,而他们证得了诸法中最精华的部分——阿罗汉果。于灭尽:他们乐于、欣喜于贪等灭尽的涅槃。或者也可以说,因为涅槃是恒常的、是最殊胜的,所以它是诸法中的精华,称为法之精髓,也就是涅槃。正如经中所说:“离欲是诸法中最殊胜的”,以及“离欲被称为它们之中最高的”。为了证得这个法之精髓,他们乐于灭尽,乐于一切行彻底灭尽的、无余的涅槃。他们舍断了:就是他们舍弃了。“他们”这个词在这里只是语法上的虚词。其余部分和前面说的一样。巴利
Teti te evaṃ vimuttacittā. Dhammasārādhigamāti vimuttisārattā imassa dhammavinayassa, dhammesu sārabhūtassa arahattassa adhigamanato. Khayeti rāgādikkhayabhūte nibbāne ratā abhiratā. Atha vā niccabhāvato seṭṭhabhāvato ca dhammesu sāranti dhammasāraṃ, nibbānaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ (dha. pa. 273), virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) ca. Tassa dhammasārassa adhigamahetu khaye sabbasaṅkhāraparikkhaye anupādisesanibbāne ratā. Pahaṃsūti pajahiṃsu. Teti nipātamattaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
第八 独坐经的注释巴利
8. Paṭisallānasuttavaṇṇanā
45 45. 在第八经中,“乐隐居者”:从种种众生行中退离之后而独处,就是独自安住、独居一处,意思是身体远离。他们乐于、欢喜那种隐居,所以叫“乐隐居者”。也有写成“隐居为乐者”的读法。如前所说,因为隐居值得亲近,隐居就成了他们的乐处,所以叫“隐居为乐者”。“你们安住”:意思是成为那样的状态而安住。“喜爱隐居者”:就是对隐居喜爱、投入、充满喜悦。到这里,已经显示了警寤策励,以及作为它表现形态的远离身。应当知道:警寤策励、戒防护、守护根门、饮食知量、正念正知——这些法若不具备就无法运作,所以它们在这里的含义中也已经被说到了。巴利
45. Aṭṭhame paṭisallānarāmāti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallānaṃ paṭisallānaṃ, ekavihāro ekamantasevitā, kāyavivekoti attho. Taṃ paṭisallānaṃ ramanti rocantīti paṭisallānarāmā. ‘‘Paṭisallānārāmā’’tipi pāṭho. Yathā vuttaṃ paṭisallānaṃ āramitabbato ārāmo etesanti paṭisallānārāmā. Viharathāti evaṃbhūtā hutvā viharathāti attho. Paṭisallāne ratā niratā sammuditāti paṭisallānaratā. Ettāvatā jāgariyānuyogo, tassa nimittabhūtā vūpakaṭṭhakāyatā ca dassitā. Jāgariyānuyogo, sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu, guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, satisampajaññanti imehi dhammehi vinā na vattatīti tepi idha atthato vuttā evāti veditabbā.
致力于内心心寂止的人:就是致力于自己内心的心寂止。“内心”和“自己的”这两个词意思相同,只是用词不一样。这里的“内心”是处格,而“寂止”因为和随词的关联,用的是业格。未退失禅那的人:就是禅那未被向外取出,或者没有败坏失去的禅那。取出或败坏,这里的“nirākata”就像“除去支撑后安住于无风之处”等说法中的用法一样。具足观的人:就是具备七种随观。七种随观就是:无常随观、苦随观、无我随观、厌离随观、离贪随观、灭随观、弃舍随观。这些在《清净道论》里已经详细说明了。巴利
Ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyuttāti attano cittasamathe anuyuttā. Ajjhattaṃ attanoti ca etaṃ ekatthaṃ, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Bhummatthe cetaṃ samathanti anusaddayogena upayogavacanaṃ. Anirākatajjhānāti bahi anīhatajjhānā avināsitajjhānā vā. Nīharaṇaṃ vināso vāti idaṃ nirākataṃ nāma ‘‘thambhaṃ niraṃkatvā nivātavuttī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 328) viya. Vipassanāya samannāgatāti sattavidhāya anupassanāya yuttā. Sattavidhā anupassanā nāma aniccānupassanā, dukkhānupassanā, anattānupassanā, nibbidānupassanā, virāgānupassanā, nirodhānupassanā, paṭinissaggānupassanā ca, tā visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
“增长空寂处者”:就是使空寂处增长的人。这里,“空寂处”指任何寂静、适合投入修行的地点。比丘们以止和观作为业处,日夜进入空寂处,为了投入修行而坐在那里,就应当知道他们是“增长空寂处者”。另外,那些住在单层楼阁等处的禅修者,也应当知道他们就是增长空寂处者。巴利
Brūhetāro suññāgārānanti vaḍḍhetāro suññāgārānaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘suññāgārāna’’nti yaṃkiñci vivittaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa anucchavikaṭṭhānaṃ. Samathavipassanāvasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā rattindivaṃ suññāgāraṃ pavisitvā bhāvanānuyogavasena nisīdamānā bhikkhū ‘‘brūhetāro suññāgārāna’’nti veditabbā. Ekabhūmikādipāsādepi pana vāsaṃ kurumānā jhāyino suññāgārānaṃ brūhetārotveva veditabbā.
在这里,对于“比丘们,你们要乐于独处,喜爱独处”这句话所设定的身远离,它是针对戒清净的人说的,不是针对无戒或戒不清净的人,因为后者根本做不到让心从色所缘等对象上回转。所以从意义上说,这里显示的就是戒清净——这个意思前面已经讲过了。通过“内心专注于止息、不放弃禅那”这两个词,显示了定的修习;通过“具备观”这个词,显示了慧的修习。这样就是在讲世间的三种修学。巴利
Ettha ca yā ‘‘paṭisallānarāmā, bhikkhave, viharatha paṭisallānaratā’’ti vūpakaṭṭhakāyatā vihitā, sā parisuddhasīlassa, na asīlassa avisuddhasīlassa vā tassa rūpārammaṇādito cittavinivattanasseva abhāvatoti atthato sīlavisuddhi dassitāti vuttovāyamattho. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyuttā anirākatajjhānā’’ti padadvayena samādhibhāvanā, ‘‘vipassanāya samannāgatā’’ti iminā paññābhāvanā vihitāti lokiyā tisso sikkhā dassitā.
现在,为了说明安住于这些(远离等)的人必定会获得果报,所以说了“乐于独处……”等话。其中,“已修习”是指已令增长。“两种果”是指第三果和第四果。“可被期待”是指应当希求、必定会实现。“正智”是指阿罗汉果。因为阿罗汉果不超越下位道智所了知的范围而了知,所以是圆满的了知,并且在此之上再没有了知的作用,因此称为“正智”。或者,“当有余依时”是指还有烦恼残余、还不能断尽的时候。因为当智慧尚未成熟时,那些应当由成熟智慧断除的烦恼就不会被断除。针对这一点,所以说“当有余依时”。只要烦恼还存在,由蕴所构成的生死相续就仍然存在。如此,在这部经中开示了不来果和阿罗汉果这两种法。就像在这部经中一样,接下来两部经中也是如此。巴利
Idāni tāsu patiṭṭhitassa avassaṃbhāviphalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘paṭisallānarāmāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha brūhetānanti vaḍḍhetānaṃ. Dvinnaṃ phalānanti tatiyacatutthaphalānaṃ. Pāṭikaṅkhanti icchitabbaṃ avassaṃbhāvī. Aññāti arahattaṃ. Tañhi heṭṭhimamaggañāṇehi ñātamariyādaṃ anatikkamitvā jānanato paripuṇṇajānanattā upari jānanakiccābhāvato ca ‘‘aññā’’ti vuccati. Sati vā upādiseseti sati vā kilesūpādisese, pahātuṃ asakkuṇeyye sati. Ñāṇe hi aparipakke ye tena paripakkena pahātabbakilesā, te na pahīyanti. Taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘sati vā upādisese’’ti. Sati ca kilese khandhābhisaṅkhārā tiṭṭhanti eva. Iti imasmiṃ sutte anāgāmiphalaṃ arahattanti dve dhammā dassitā. Yathā cettha, evaṃ ito paresu dvīsu suttesu.
在偈颂中,“那些心寂静者”,是指那些瑜伽行者,由于以彼分断和镇伏断的方式令烦恼止息,所以心得寂静。“明智”说的是慧,因为具足慧,所以是明智者。这一句显示的是他们守护业处的智慧。“具念而修禅那者”:在行、住、坐、卧等当中,由于有不舍离业处的念,所以是具念者;由于有以审察所缘为特征的禅那,所以是修禅那者。“他们正确地观法,对诸欲无期盼”:这是说他们先前就已经通过“诸欲如骸骨喻”等,从事欲和烦恼欲的过患方面作了省察,因此对诸欲无期盼、无希求。他们舍弃了欲贪,以已经证得的近行定或安止定作为基础,把握名色及其诸缘,再通过聚的推度等次第,正确而不颠倒地观五蕴之法为无常等。巴利
Gāthāsu ye santacittāti ye yogāvacarā tadaṅgavasena vikkhambhanavaseva ca samitakilesatāya santacittā. Nepakkaṃ vuccati paññā, tāya samannāgatattā nipakā. Iminā tesaṃ kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇañāṇaṃ dasseti. Satimantoca jhāyinoti ṭhānanisajjādīsu kammaṭṭhānāvijahanahetubhūtāya satiyā satimanto, ārammaṇūpanijjhānalakkhaṇena jhānena jhāyino. Sammā dhammaṃ vipassanti, kāmesu anapekkhinoti pubbeyeva ‘‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 417) vatthukāmesu kilesakāmesu ca ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena anapekkhino anatthikā te pahāya adhigataṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhiṃ vā pādakaṃ katvā nāmarūpaṃ tassa paccaye ca pariggahetvā kalāpasammasanādikkamena sammā aviparītaṃ pañcakkhandhadhammaṃ aniccādito vipassanti.
乐于不放逸:是指对前面所说的止观修习乐于不放逸、欢喜踊跃,就凭着这份不放逸,日日夜夜地度过。寂静者:就是内心平静的人。也有传本写作“众生”,意思是各个有情。见放逸中有怖畏者:是指见到放逸会招致堕入地狱等怖畏的人。不可能退失:像这样的人,不可能从止观之法或道果上退失。因为已成就的止观不会退失,尚未证得的也能证得。就在涅槃的近处:是指就在无取著般涅槃的近处,不久便能证得它。巴利
Appamādaratāti vuttappakārāya samathavipassanābhāvanāya appamajjane ratā abhiratā tattha appamādeneva rattindivaṃ vītināmentā. Santāti samānā. ‘‘Sattā’’tipi pāṭho, puggalāti attho. Pamāde bhayadassinoti nirayūpapattiādikaṃ pamāde bhayaṃ passantā. Abhabbā parihānāyāti te evarūpā samathavipassanādhammehi maggaphalehi vā parihānāya abhabbā. Samathavipassanāto hi sampattato na parihāyanti, itarāni ca appattāni pāpuṇanti. Nibbānasseva santiketi nibbānassa ca anupādāparinibbānassa ca santike eva, na cirasseva naṃ adhigamissantīti.
9. 《修学功德经》的注释巴利
9. Sikkhānisaṃsasuttavaṇṇanā
46 46. 第九,「以修学为利益」:这里,应当修学的就是「学」,它有三种:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。这三种学就是他们的利益,不是利养、恭敬和名声,所以叫「以修学为利益」。「你们应当安住」:意思是,你们要作为以修学为利益的人而安住,也就是在三学中看到利益,把从这些学处应当得到的利益看作唯一值得观察的,这样安住。「以慧为上」:在这些学中,被称为增上慧学的慧,对他们来说是最上、最首要、最殊胜的,所以叫「以慧为上」。因为凡是以修学为利益而安住的人,他们就成为以慧为上的人。「以解脱为核心」:被称为阿罗汉果的解脱是他们的核心,所以叫「以解脱为核心」,意思是只把前面所说的解脱执取为核心而安住。因为凡是以修学为利益、以慧为上的人,不希求更高的存在,反而希望不存在,只以解脱为核心而努力。「以念为主导」:以最胜的意义来说,念是他们的主导,所以叫「以念为主导」;主导就是前导的意思。意思是,在四念处中善巧安住心,以身随观等为入口,致力于止观的修习。巴利
46. Navame sikkhānisaṃsāti ettha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā, sā tividhā adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhāti. Tividhāpi cesā sikkhā ānisaṃsā etesaṃ, na lābhasakkārasilokāti sikkhānisaṃsā. Viharathāti sikkhānisaṃsā hutvā viharatha, tīsu sikkhāsu ānisaṃsadassāvino hutvā tāhi sikkhāhi laddhabbaṃ ānisaṃsameva sampassantā viharathāti attho. Paññuttarāti tāsu sikkhāsu yā adhipaññāsikkhāsaṅkhātā paññā, sā uttarā padhānā visiṭṭhā etesanti paññuttarā. Ye hi sikkhānisaṃsā viharanti, te paññuttarā bhavantīti. Vimuttisārāti arahattaphalasaṅkhātā vimutti sāraṃ etesanti vimuttisārā, yathāvuttaṃ vimuttiṃyeva sārato gahetvā ṭhitāti attho. Ye hi sikkhānisaṃsā paññuttarā ca, na te bhavavisesaṃ patthenti, apica kho vibhavaṃ ākaṅkhantā vimuttiṃyeva sārato paccenti. Satādhipateyyāti jeṭṭhakakaraṇaṭṭhena sati adhipateyyaṃ etesanti satādhipateyyā adhipati eva adhipateyyanti katvā, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā kāyānupassanādimukhena samathavipassanābhāvanānuyuttāti attho.
或者,“以学为功德”的意思是:比丘们,在这样难得的时机出现时,你们要把修习三种学——戒学、心学、慧学——当作功德来安住。这样安住时,你们要以慧为最上,具备出世间慧而安住。成为这样的人之后,你们要以解脱为核心,以涅槃为核心,不把别的东西当作核心而安住。要达到这种状态,方法就是:你们要以念为主导而安住,要投入念处的修习,或者说,在任何地方都以具念守护的心而安住。这里的含义应当这样理解。世尊这样劝导比丘们修习三学,先简要说明了三学应当怎样修习、靠什么才能圆满;现在,为了通过显示依教奉行者的殊胜果报,来说明这种修行不会白费,于是说出“以学为功德……”等话。这些话的意思就是前面所说的那样。巴利
Atha vā sikkhānisaṃsāti bhikkhave, evarūpe dullabhakkhaṇapaṭilābhe tividhasikkhāsikkhanameva ānisaṃsaṃ katvā viharatha, evaṃ viharantā ca paññuttarā paññāya uttarā lokuttarapaññāya samannāgatā hutvā viharatha, evaṃbhūtā ca vimuttisārā nibbānasārā anaññasārā viharatha. Tathābhāvassa cāyaṃ upāyo, yaṃ satādhipateyyā viharatha, satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāya yuttappayuttā hotha, sabbattha vā satārakkhena cetasā viharathāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Iti bhagavā tīsu sikkhāsu bhikkhū niyojento yathā tā sikkhitabbā, yena ca pāripūriṃ gacchanti, taṃ saṅkhepeneva dassetvā idāni yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānānaṃ phalavisesadassanena tassā paṭipattiyā amoghabhāvaṃ pakāsento ‘‘sikkhānisaṃsāna’’ntiādimāha. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
在偈颂中,“已圆满修学”是指因为证得最高果而达到的清净修学,意思是“无学”。“非可舍法”在这里,“可舍法”指的是会退失的解脱。因为“可舍法”就是会退失、会变坏的法。“非可舍法”就是不会退失的法,即不动摇的法。巴利原文也有作“不可舍法”的,意思一样。“灭尽本身就是终点”,所以叫“灭尽终点”;以生的灭尽为终点,就是“生灭尽终点”,也就是涅槃。或者,“灭尽”指死亡,以生的灭尽为终点就是涅槃。因为他已经见到了这个,所以是“已见生灭尽终点者”。巴利
Gāthāsu paripuṇṇasikkhanti aggaphalappattiyā parisuddhasikkhaṃ, asekkhanti attho. Apahānadhammanti ettha pahānadhammā vuccanti kuppā vimuttiyo. Pahānadhammoti hi hānadhammo kuppadhammo. Na pahānadhammoti apahānadhammo, akuppadhammo. ‘‘Appahānadhammo’’tipi pāḷi, so eva attho. Khayo eva antoti khayanto, jātiyā khayanto jātikhayanto, nibbānaṃ. Khayo vā maraṇaṃ, jātikhayanto nibbānameva, tassa diṭṭhattā jātikhayantadassī.
因此:因为通过戒学的圆满,才有这种以超越老死为最终归宿的功德利益,所以说“因此”。“常”:指一切时候。“乐于禅那”:乐于两种禅那,即专注于观察特相的禅那和专注于所缘的禅那,正因为如此,才成为“得定者”。“战胜魔与魔军”:战胜了烦恼军和非福益军所伴随的四种魔,无一剩余。对于天子魔,在损害功德时,因为烦恼能充当它的帮手,所以烦恼被称为“军”。同样,疾病等非福益之事属于死魔的军。正如所说:巴利
Tasmāti yasmā sikkhāpāripūriyā ayaṃ jarāpāraṅgamanapariyosāno ānisaṃso, tasmā. Sadāti sabbakālaṃ. Jhānaratāti lakkhaṇūpanijjhāne, ārammaṇūpanijjhāneti duvidhepi jhāne ratā, tato eva samāhitā. Māraṃ sasenaṃ abhibhuyyāti kilesasenāya anaṭṭhasenāya ca sasenaṃ anavasiṭṭhaṃ catubbidhampi māraṃ abhibhavitvā. Devaputtamārassapi hi guṇamāraṇe sahāyabhāvūpagamanato kilesā ‘‘senā’’ti vuccanti. Tathā rogādayo anaṭṭhā maccumārassa. Yathāha –
欲是你的第一支军队,第二支叫作不乐;
第三支是你的饥渴,第四支称为渴爱。
第五支是你的昏沉与睡眠,第六支称为恐惧。
第七是你的疑,第八是掩饰和顽固。
得到、名声、恭敬,以及靠不正当手段得来的声望;
凡是抬高自己、贬低别人的人。
这就是你的军队,魔罗,黑魔的进攻力量。
不勇猛的人战胜不了它,战胜了就能得到快乐。巴利
‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati; Tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā pavuccati. ‘‘Pañcamī thinamiddhaṃ te, chaṭṭhā bhīrū pavuccati; Sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho ca aṭṭhamo. ‘‘Lābho siloko sakkāro, micchāladdho ca yo yaso; Yo cattānaṃ samukkaṃse, pare ca avajānati. ‘‘Esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī; Na naṃ asūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukha’’nti. (su. ni. 438-441; mahāni. 28);
今天就该精勤努力,谁能知道死亡明天会不会来?
我们和那率领大军而来的死神,根本没有什么约定可言。巴利
‘‘Ajjeva kiccamātappaṃ, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve; Na hi no saṅgaraṃ tena, mahāsenena maccunā’’ti. (ma. ni. 3.280; jā. 2.22.121);
你们要超越生与死,到达彼岸:意思是你们应当成为超越生与死、走向涅槃的到彼岸者。巴利
Bhavatha jātimaraṇassa pāragāti jātiyā maraṇassa ca pāragāmino nibbānagāmino bhavathāti.
10. 《警寤经》的注释巴利
10. Jāgariyasuttavaṇṇanā
47 47. 第十经的注释中,“警寤”指清醒不眠、远离睡眠、致力于警醒的人。意思是:日夜不停地投入业处的作意并适当努力。正如所说的:巴利
47. Dasame jāgaroti jāgarako vigataniddo jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, rattindivaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanasikāre yuttappayuttoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,比丘怎样在初夜和后夜都勤修警寤呢?这里,比丘白天通过经行和静坐,把心从障碍法中净化出来;初夜也通过经行和静坐,把心从障碍法中净化出来;中夜时,他右胁而卧,作狮子卧,两脚相叠,保持正念和正知,心里作意“要起来”的想法;后夜时,他起来之后,通过经行和静坐,把心从障碍法中净化出来。比丘们,比丘就是这样在初夜和后夜都勤修警寤。巴利
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hoti? Idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti. Evaṃ bhikkhu pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hotī’’ti (vibha. 519).
“Ca”这个词有总集的意思,它把接下来要说的“具念”等状态总集在一起。“Assa”是“可能是、会是”的意思。也有人读作“Jāgaro ca bhikkhu vihareyyā”。在任何地方、任何时候,都不舍弃业处,因为正念没有丢失,所以是具念者;以七处正知和四种正知的作用,所以是正知者。“Samāhito”是说他以近行定和安止定而入定,心得一境性。“Pamudito”是说他因为看见修行的利益、因为不断证得更殊胜的成就、因为看见精勤努力不会白费,所以欢悦,充满喜悦。“Vippasanno”是说他正因为如此,对作为修行内容的三学以及教导修行的导师,有深厚的信心,所以非常清净。“Sabbattha assa”的关联是:在一切情况下“会是”,或者“应安住”。巴利
Casaddo sampiṇḍanattho, tena vakkhamāne satādibhāve sampiṇḍeti. Assāti siyā, bhaveyyāti attho. ‘‘Jāgaro ca bhikkhu vihareyyā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Sabbattha sabbadā ca kammaṭṭhānāvijahanavasena satiavippavāsena sato sampajānoti sattaṭṭhāniyassa catubbidhassapi sampajaññassa vasena sampajāno. Samāhitoti upacārasamādhinā appanāsamādhinā ca samāhito ekaggacitto. Pamuditoti paṭipattiyā ānisaṃsadassanena uttaruttari visesādhigamena vīriyārambhassa ca amoghabhāvadassanena pamudito pāmojjabahulo. Vippasannoti tato eva paṭipattibhūtāsu tīsu sikkhāsu paṭipattidesake ca satthari saddhābahulatāya suṭṭhu pasanno. Sabbattha assāti sambandho vihareyyāti vā.
其中,“适时观察”以及“在诸善法中”的意思是:在那个时刻能观察,或者,在那种业处的修习中能适时观察,也就是随顺时机而观察。这话说的是什么呢?就是说:建立起观之后,以聚的思择等方式进行审察,避开住处等七种不适合的事物,亲近适合的事物,中途不半途而废,心志坚定,留意心等持的状态,认真而持续不断地让无常随观等运转起来。当观的心变得消沉时,就在那个时刻修习被称为择法、精进、喜的这些善而无过失的觉支法;当心变得掉举时,就在那个时刻修习被称为轻安、定、舍的这些善而无过失的觉支法。如此,在那个时刻,或者在那项业处的修习中,能随顺时机而观察。而念觉支则在一切情况下都需要。因为确实这样说过:“诸比丘,我说念在一切情况下都是需要的。”(相应部5.234;弥兰陀王问经2.1.13)到这里为止,通过以人为中心的教导方式展示了警寤之后,接着阐明:依靠哪些法,警寤的修习才能成就。巴利
Tattha kālavipassī ca kusalesu dhammesūti tasmiṃ kāle vipassako, tattha vā kammaṭṭhānānuyoge kālavipassī kālānurūpaṃ vipassako. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā kalāpasammasanādivasena sammasanto āvāsādike satta asappāye vajjetvā sappāye sevanto antarā vosānaṃ anāpajjitvā pahitatto cittassa samāhitākāraṃ sallakkhento sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ aniccānupassanādiṃ pavattento yasmiṃ kāle vipassanācittaṃ līnaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ dhammavicayavīriyapītisaṅkhātesu, yasmiṃ pana kāle cittaṃ uddhataṃ hoti, tasmiṃ passaddhisamādhiupekkhāsaṅkhātesu kusalesu anavajjesu bojjhaṅgadhammesūti evaṃ tattha tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle, tasmiṃ vā kammaṭṭhānānuyoge kālānurūpaṃ vipassako assāti. Satisambojjhaṅgo pana sabbattheva icchitabbo . Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘satiñca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbatthikaṃ vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234; mi. pa. 2.1.13). Ettāvatā puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya jāgariyaṃ dassetvā yehi dhammehi jāgariyānuyogo sampajjati, te pakāseti.
世尊就这样用简要的方式,为已经开始修观的比丘,连同那些有助于修行的法,开示了审察的修行方式。现在,为了说明这样修行的人,他的修行不会白费,世尊又说:“诸比丘,对于警寤的比丘……”等等。其中,在警寤的修习里,念和正知这两种努力在任何情况下都适用,能带来欢喜和信心。这里所说的“适时观”,是指观智已经进入成熟阶段,就像胎儿在胎中已经发育成熟一样。因为当观智摆脱了种种杂染,在修行道上运作得锐利、强而有力时,修行者就会生起极大的欢喜和信心,而殊胜的证悟也就近在眼前了。关于这一点,确实有这样的说法:巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā āraddhavipassakassa bhikkhuno saṅkhepeneva saddhiṃ upakārakadhammehi sammasanacāraṃ dassetvā idāni tathā paṭipajjantassa paṭipattiyā avañjhabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘jāgarassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno’’tiādimāha. Tattha jāgariyānuyoge satisampajaññasamādānāni sabbatthakāni sammodapasādāvahāni, tattha kālavipassanā nāma vipassanāya gabbhaggahaṇaṃ paripākagataṃ. Upakkilesavimutte hi vīthipaṭipanne vipassanāñāṇe tikkhe sūre vahante yogino uḷāraṃ pāmojjaṃ pasādo ca hoti, tehi ca visesādhigamassa santikeyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
每当如实观照诸蕴的生起与坏灭,
他获得喜悦和欢欣——对懂得的人来说,这就是不死。
满怀喜悦的比丘,对佛陀的教法具有净信,
他会证得寂静的境界,也就是一切行止息后的安乐。巴利
‘‘Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ; Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānataṃ. ‘‘Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasāsane; Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ, saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukha’’nti. (dha. pa. 374, 381);
在偈颂中,“你们这些清醒的人,请听”——这句话,完全是为了把你们从放逸的昏睡和无明的昏睡中唤醒。你们这些清醒的人,就是依靠念与正知等法的结合而致力于清醒修行的人,请听。“睡着的人,你们要醒来”——意思是:那些因上述那种昏睡而睡着、进入梦中的人,你们要通过致力于清醒修行,把信等根、力、觉支调动起来,努力修观,依不放逸的实践,从那种昏睡中醒过来;或者也可以说,“清醒的人”就是指清醒的状态正在现前。“请听”中的“此”,指的是什么话呢?就是“睡着的人,你们要醒来”等开示。其中,“睡着的人”是指被烦恼的昏睡所睡的人,你们要通过圣道的觉悟而醒来。“从昏睡中醒来、保持清醒更好”,这句话是在说明应当醒来的理由。因为对想要利益自己的善男子来说,从上述那种昏睡中醒来,获得所说的这种清醒、这种觉醒,是更好、更值得称赞、能带来利益和安乐的,所以你们应当醒来。“对清醒的人来说,没有恐惧”,这是在显示其中的殊胜利益。一个人具备信等清醒之法,成为清醒者,保持觉醒,不陷入放逸的昏睡,那么对他来说,自责的恐惧、他人指责的恐惧、刑罚的恐惧、恶趣的恐惧,以及生等一切轮回的恐惧,都不存在。巴利
Gāthāsu jāgarantā suṇāthetanti etaṃ mama vacanaṃ ekanteneva pamādaniddāya avijjāniddāya pabodhanatthaṃ jāgarantā satisampajaññādidhammasamāyogena jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā suṇātha. Ye suttā te pabujjhathāti ye yathāvuttaniddāya suttā supanaṃ upagatā, te tumhe jāgariyānuyogavasena indriyabalabojjhaṅge saṅkaḍḍhitvā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpentā appamādapaṭipattiyā tato pabujjhatha atha vā jāgarantāti jāgaranimittā. ‘‘Suṇātheta’’nti ettha ‘‘eta’’nti vuttaṃ, kiṃ taṃ vacananti āha ‘‘ye suttā te pabujjhathā’’tiādi. Tattha ye suttāti ye kilesaniddāya suttā, te tumhe ariyamaggapaṭibodhena pabujjhatha. Suttā jāgaritaṃ seyyoti idaṃ pabodhassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yasmā yathāvuttasupato vuttappakāraṃ jāgaritaṃ jāgaraṇaṃ atthakāmassa kulaputtassa seyyo pāsaṃsataro hitasukhāvaho, tasmā pabujjhatha. Natthi jāgarato bhayanti idaṃ tattha ānisaṃsadassanaṃ. Yo hi saddhādīhi jāgaraṇadhammehi samannāgamena jāgaro jaggati, pamādaniddaṃ na upagacchati, tassa attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ jātiādinimittaṃ sabbampi vaṭṭabhayaṃ natthi.
“适时”是指已经得到住处合适等条件的时候。“so”只是一个小品词。“如理全面审察正法”的意思是:以正确的方法,对作为观智所缘的三界之法,按照生起厌离、离染等方式,全面地审察、以一切方式修观。“已成一境”:“一境”是指单独作为最优者而现起,也就是定。此一境已经生起、产生于他,所以叫“已成一境”。这里“已生”一词,应像“火已被取”这类词一样,理解为被修饰的部分。也可以理解为已经证得一境,所以叫“已成一境”。在这里,“一境”指的是圣道定;而“已入定”中的“定”,则包括作为基础禅那的定和观定。另一种解释:“适时”是指圣道现起的时机;“如理全面审察正法”是指以正智,通过遍知等现观,审察四圣谛之法,以单一的现观而彻悟;“已成一境”:“一境”是指唯一优胜、无伴而现起的精进,能成就四种作用,这精进已经生起,就叫“已成一境”。其余解释同上。“应摧毁黑暗”的意思是:如此修行的圣弟子,应当以阿拉汉道将无明的黑暗毫无余留地摧毁、斩断。巴利
Kālenāti āvāsasappāyādīnaṃ laddhakālena. Soti nipātamattaṃ. Sammādhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamānoti vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ sammā ñāyena yathā nibbindanavirajjanādayo sambhavanti, evaṃ parito vīmaṃsanto, sabbākārena vipassantoti attho. Ekodibhūtoti eko seṭṭho hutvā udetīti ekodi, samādhi. So ekodi bhūto jāto uppanno etassāti ekodibhūto. Aggiāhitādisaddānaṃ viya ettha bhūtasaddassa paravacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekodiṃ vā bhūto pattoti ekodibhūto. Ettha ca ekodīti maggasamādhi adhippeto, ‘‘samāhito’’ti ettha pana pādakajjhānasamādhinā saddhiṃ vipassanāsamādhi. Atha vā kālenāti maggapaṭivedhakālena. Sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamānoti sammadeva catusaccadhammaṃ pariññābhisamayādivasena vīmaṃsanto, ekābhisamayena abhisamento. Ekodibhūtoti eko seṭṭho asahāyo vā hutvā udetīti ekodi, catukiccasādhako sammappadhāno. So ekodi bhūto jātoti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva. Vihane tamaṃ soti so evaṃbhūto ariyasāvako arahattamaggena avijjātamaṃ anavasesato vihaneyya samucchindeyya.
世尊这样显示了修行不会白费之后,现在为了让人在这件事上坚定地投入,就说了结尾的偈颂:“因此,确实……”其中,“因此”的意思是:因为对于清醒不眠的人来说,由于正念不失、不放逸等,止观修行得以圆满,圣道依次显现,从此他再也没有任何轮回的恐惧,所以说是“因此”。“确实”是指决定无疑、坚定。“应亲近”就是应当修习。这样亲近清醒不眠、具备热忱等功德的比丘,断除了诸结之后,就能触证、获得那被称为最胜果智的无上正觉,没有任何比这更高的。其余部分和前面说的一样。巴利
Iti bhagavā paṭipattiyā amoghabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni tattha daḷhaṃ niyojento ‘‘tasmā have’’ti osānagāthamāha. Tattha tasmāti yasmā jāgarato satiavippavāsādinā samathavipassanābhāvanā pāripūriṃ gacchati, anukkamena ariyamaggo pātubhavati, tato cassa sabbaṃ vaṭṭabhayaṃ natthi, tasmā. Haveti ekaṃsena daḷhaṃ vā. Bhajethāti bhajeyya. Evaṃ jāgariyaṃ bhajanto ca ātāpibhāvādiguṇayutto bhikkhu saṃyojanāni bhinditvā aggaphalañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ anuttaraṃ uttararahitaṃ sambodhiṃ phuse pāpuṇeyya. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
第十一 堕恶趣经的注释巴利
11. Āpāyikasuttavaṇṇanā
48 48. 在第十一经中,“堕恶趣者”是指将投生于恶趣的人;“地狱生者”是指将投生于地狱的人。“不舍此”的意思是:不舍弃接下来要说的两种恶行,也不放弃依那种实践与执取而转起的语、心与见。“非梵行者”:行最胜梵行的人叫“梵行者”,或者说,行为如同梵天那样最胜的人叫“梵行者”;不是这样的人就叫“非梵行者”,意思是伪装成梵行者的破戒者。“自称梵行者”是指自称“我是梵行者”。“圆满”是指没有缺损、断裂等,完足;“清净”是指没有随烦恼,所以是清净;“以无根”是指离开见、闻、疑等举罪的根本,也就是没有这些举罪的理由。“以非梵行”是指以不殊胜的行持。“诬陷”是指明知“此人是清净的”,却以波罗夷事进行毁谤、破坏、举罪或辱骂。巴利
48. Ekādasame āpāyikāti apāye nibbattissantīti āpāyikā. Tatthāpi niraye nibbattissantīti nerayikā. Idamappahāyāti idaṃ idāni vakkhamānaṃ duvidhaṃ pāpasamācāraṃ appajahitvā, tathāpaṭipattitathāpaggahaṇavasena pavattaṃ vācaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhiñca appaṭinissajjitvāti attho. Abrahmacārīti brahmaseṭṭhaṃ caratīti brahmacārī, brahmā vā seṭṭho ācāro etassa atthīti brahmacārī, na brahmacārīti abrahmacārī, brahmacāripaṭirūpako dussīloti attho. Brahmacāripaṭiññoti ‘‘brahmacārī aha’’nti evaṃpaṭiñño. Paripuṇṇanti akhaṇḍādibhāvena avikalaṃ. Parisuddhanti upakkilesābhāvena parisuddhaṃ. Amūlakenāti diṭṭhādimūlavirahitena, diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ parisaṅkitanti imehi codanāmūlehi vajjitena. Abrahmacariyena aseṭṭhacariyena. Anuddhaṃsetīti ‘‘parisuddho aya’’nti jānantova pārājikavatthunā dhaṃseti padhaṃseti, codeti akkosati vā.
在偈颂中,“说非真实者”是指:没有看到别人的过失,就凭空捏造不实之词,用妄语去诬谤他人。“作了之后”是指:有人造了恶业之后,却说“我没有做那件事”。这两种人死后都变得一样,意思是:这两种人从此世去到下一世之后,因为都投生到地狱,所以在去处上是相同的。这里只是确定了他们的去处,并没有确定他们的寿命长短。因为造恶多的人,会在地狱里长时间受苦;造恶少的人,受苦的时间就很短。然而,这两种人的业都是低劣的,所以说“这些人在他世成为低劣业的人”。而“在他世”这个词,要和前面的“死后”连起来理解——在他世,也就是从今生死后去到那里之后,他们同样成为低劣业的人。巴利
Gāthāsu abhūtavādīti parassa dosaṃ adisvāva abhūtena tucchena musāvādaṃ katvā paraṃ abbhācikkhanto. Katvāti yo vā pana pāpakammaṃ katvā ‘‘nāhaṃ etaṃ karomī’’ti āha. Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavantīti te ubhopi janā ito paralokaṃ gantvā nirayaṃ upagamanato gatiyā samānā bhavanti. Tattha gatiyeva nesaṃ paricchinnā, na pana āyu. Bahuñhi pāpaṃ katvā ciraṃ niraye paccati, parittaṃ katvā appamattakameva kālaṃ. Yasmā pana tesaṃ ubhinnampi kammaṃ lāmakameva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nihīnakammā manujā paratthā’’ti. ‘‘Paratthā’’ti pana padassa purato ‘‘peccā’’ti padena sambandho – parattha pecca ito gantvā te nihīnakammā samā bhavantīti.
世尊这样通过诬谤不实和掩盖真实过失这两种方式,显示了妄语的果报之后,现在为了警策坐在那个地方的众多恶比丘,让他们看到恶行所招的果报而生起警醒,便说了两首偈颂。其中,“袈裟缠颈者”是指因为被染成黄色的袈裟布所包裹,颈项被袈裟布缠裹的人。“恶法者”是指品性低劣的人。“不调伏者”是指身等方面没有律仪约束的人。“恶人”是指这类恶人,他们因恶业而投生后,就像《相应部·相经》等中所说“他的身体也燃烧、炽燃、化为火焰,他的僧伽帝也燃烧”那样,必定遭受极大的痛苦。巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā abhūtabbhakkhānavasena bhūtadosapaṭicchādanavasena ca pavattassa musāvādassa vipākaṃ dassetvā idāni tasmiṃ ṭhāne nisinnānaṃ bahūnaṃ pāpabhikkhūnaṃ duccaritakammassa vipākadassanena saṃvejanatthaṃ dve gāthā abhāsi. Tattha kāsāvakaṇṭhāti kasāvarasapītattā kāsāvena vatthena paliveṭhitakaṇṭhā. Pāpadhammāti lāmakadhammā. Asaññatāti kāyādīhi saññamarahitā. Pāpāti tathārūpā pāpapuggalā, pāpehi kammehi upapajjitvā ‘‘tassa kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, saṅghāṭipi ādittā’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 2.218-219; pārā. 230) lakkhaṇasaṃyutte vuttanayena mahādukkhaṃ anubhavantiyeva.
第三首偈颂的简要含义是这样:假如一个破戒的人、一个没有戒行的人,身体等各方面都不约束自己,却自称“我是沙门”,接受国民出于信心布施的国食,拿来吃下去,那么他吃这些,还不如吞下一颗烧得通红、像火球一样的铁丸更好、更殊胜。为什么呢?因为吞铁丸的话,最多只是这一世的身体被烧灼;可是破戒的人吃了信众布施的食物之后,却会在百生乃至更多生中,不断投生到地狱里去。巴利
Tatiyagāthāya ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo nissīlapuggalo kāyādīhi asaññato raṭṭhavāsīhi saddhāya dinnaṃ yaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ ‘‘samaṇomhī’’ti paṭijānanto gahetvā bhuñjeyya, tato āditto aggivaṇṇo ayoguḷova bhutto seyyo sundarataro. Kiṃkāraṇā? Tappaccayā hissa ekova attabhāvo jhāyeyya, dussīlo pana hutvā saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjitvā anekānipi jātisatāni niraye uppajjeyyāti.
第十二《见趣经》的注释巴利
12. Diṭṭhigatasuttavaṇṇanā
49 在第十二经的注释中,“以两种恶见”这里的“恶见”就是指见本身,就像“粪所成、尿所成”等说法中的用法一样。或者,因为执取之相是空的,这些见只是被执持的状态,所以叫“恶见”,即由那些恶见。“被缠缚”是指被征服或被障碍;因为“缠缚”这个词也有障碍的意思,比如“盗贼在路上缠缚”等用法。“天”指化生天众。他们以最殊胜的五欲功德和禅那等娱乐,或以神通力随心所欲地到达并获得目标,所以叫“天”。“人”是因为意根增盛,所以叫人;这是依最胜说而说的,如“导师是天人的”那样。“某些停滞”是指某些天、人以“我及世界是常”这样对有停滞、有执著的常见,退缩、附着、蜷缩,不能从中出离。“奔驰”是指对于从究竟义上看虽各自具有自性、但以因果方式相关联的那些法,不把握其因果关系,反而执取种种分别,从而四处奔驰,所以他们以“我及世界断灭,死后不再存在”的断见,或以排斥诸行的有灭之道,而奔驰、超越。“有眼者则见”中的“则”字表示区别。由于前句配合的成就和智慧的成熟,有智慧眼的天和人则以那智慧眼,不堕入常见和断见这二边,以中道之见而现见。他们确实如实见:“这只是名色,是缘起的,所以非常,也非断灭。”巴利
49. Dvādasame dvīhi diṭṭhigatehīti ettha diṭṭhiyova diṭṭhigatāni ‘‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Gahitākārasuññatāya vā diṭṭhīnaṃ gatamattānīti diṭṭhigatāni, tehi diṭṭhigatehi. Pariyuṭṭhitāti abhibhūtā palibuddhā vā. Palibodhattho vāpi hi pariyuṭṭhānasaddo ‘‘corā magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsū’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 430) viya. Devāti upapattidevā. Te hi dibbanti uḷāratamehi kāmaguṇehi jhānādīhi ca kīḷanti, iddhānubhāvena vā yathicchitamatthaṃ gacchanti adhigacchantīti ca devāti vuccanti. Manassa ussannattā manussā, ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti. Olīyanti eketi ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti bhavesu olīyanābhinivesabhūtena sassatabhāvena ekacce devā manussā ca avalīyanti allīyanti saṅkocaṃ āpajjanti, na tato nissaranti. Atidhāvantīti paramatthato bhinnasabhāvānampi sabhāvadhammānaṃ yvāyaṃ hetuphalabhāvena sambandho, taṃ aggahetvā nānattanayassapi gahaṇena tattha tattheva dhāvanti, tasmā ‘‘ucchijjati attā ca loko ca, na hoti paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ucchede vā bhavanirodhapaṭipattiyā paṭikkhepadhammataṃ atidhāvanti atikkamanti. Cakkhumanto ca passantīti casaddo byatireke. Pubbayogasampattiyā ñāṇaparipākena paññācakkhumanto pana devamanussā teneva paññācakkhunā sassataṃ ucchedañca antadvayaṃ anupagamma majjhimapaṭipattidassanena paccakkhaṃ karonti. Te hi ‘‘nāmarūpamattamidaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, tasmā na sassataṃ, nāpi ucchijjatī’’ti aviparītato passanti.
为了从“人”的角度说明退缩等情况,世尊才说了“诸比丘,如何……”这一段。这里,“有”是指欲有、色有、无色有。另外还有三种有:想有、无想有、非想非非想有。还有三种有:一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有。在这些有里面游戏、欢喜,就叫“以有为乐”。在有里面喜爱、非常喜爱,就叫“贪著有”。在有里面非常高兴、喜悦,就叫“于有极欢喜”。“为了有的灭尽”,就是为了让那些有彻底灭尽,不再生起。“当法被宣说时”,就是指如来所开示的、能导出的法正在被宣说时。“不投身其中”,因为固执于常见,又因为法被简略地说,所以不进入、不沉入。“不净信”,就是不生起净信,不相信那法。“不住立”,就是在那个说法中不住立、不决意。这样,由于固执常见,他们就在诸有中退缩。巴利
Evaṃ olīyanādike puggalādhiṭṭhānena uddisituṃ ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha bhavāti kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo. Aparepi tayo bhavā saññībhavo, asaññībhavo, nevasaññīnāsaññībhavo. Aparepi tayo bhavā ekavokārabhavo, catuvokārabhavo, pañcavokārabhavoti. Etehi bhavehi āramanti abhinandantīti bhavārāmā. Bhavesu ratā abhiratāti bhavaratā. Bhavesu suṭṭhu muditāti bhavasammuditā. Bhavanirodhāyāti tesaṃ bhavānaṃ accantanirodhāya anuppādanatthāya. Dhamme desiyamāneti tathāgatappavedite niyyānikadhamme vuccamāne. Na pakkhandatīti sassatābhiniviṭṭhattā saṃkhittadhammattā na pavisati na ogāhati. Na pasīdatīti pasādaṃ nāpajjati na taṃ saddahati. Na santiṭṭhatīti tassaṃ desanāyaṃ na tiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. Evaṃ sassatato abhinivisanena bhavesu olīyanti.
被压迫:看到有当中的老、病、死等,以及杀害、捆绑、割截等,由于惊惧而与他们相应,被有本身所逼迫,感到痛苦、不乐。羞惭:感到羞耻、厌恶。厌嫌:因为觉得可憎而厌弃。非有:就是断灭。欢喜:以贪爱和邪见的欢喜而执取、喜悦。“从何时,尊者”等,是显示他们欢喜的方式。其中,“从何时”就是当……的时候。“尊者”是称呼语。“此我”是就作者等身份而虚妄计度的我来说的。断灭:就是被灭尽。破坏:就是不显现,走向破坏、无。“死后不再有”:死之后便不再有。“那是寂静的”:此自我的断灭等,因为是一切有的寂灭、一切热恼的寂灭,所以寂静;因为寂静故胜妙;由于真实不虚故如实。其中,说“寂静、胜妙”是依渴爱之欢喜而说,“如实”是依邪见之欢喜而说。“如是”:依如上所说的断灭执著。巴利
Aṭṭīyamānāti bhave jarārogamaraṇādīni vadhabandhanacchedanādīni ca disvā saṃvijjanena tehi samaṅgibhāvena bhavena pīḷiyamānā dukkhāpiyamānā. Harāyamānāti lajjamānā jigucchamānāti paṭikūlato dahantā. Vibhavanti ucchedaṃ. Abhinandantīti taṇhādiṭṭhābhinandanāhi ajjhosāya nandanti. Yatokirabhotiādi tesaṃ abhinandanākāradassanaṃ. Tattha yatoti yadā. Bhoti ālapanaṃ. Ayaṃ attāti kārakādibhāvena attanā parikappitaṃ sandhāya vadati. Ucchijjatīti upacchijjati. Vinassatīti na dissati, vināsaṃ abhāvaṃ gacchati. Na hoti paraṃ maraṇāti maraṇena uddhaṃ na bhavati. Etaṃ santanti yadetaṃ attano ucchedādi, etaṃ sabbabhavavūpasamato sabbasantāpavūpasamato ca santaṃ, santattā eva paṇītaṃ, tacchāviparītabhāvato yāthāvaṃ. Tattha ‘‘santaṃ paṇīta’’nti idaṃ dvayaṃ taṇhābhinandanāya vadanti, ‘‘yāthāva’’nti diṭṭhābhinandanāya. Evanti evaṃ yathāvuttaucchedābhinivesanena.
“真实”指五蕴。因为五蕴由缘而生,并且从究竟意义上说是存在的,所以称为“真实”。因此说:“诸比丘,你们应当观察这真实。”他从真实、不颠倒的自性,从自相和共相两方面来观察。因为这五蕴只是名色。其中,他这样观察:“这些地等法是色,这些触等法是名,这些是它们的自相等,这些是无明等它们的缘”——如此,以见到有缘的名色的方式来观察;又“所有这些法,未生而生,已生而灭,所以是无常;因为无常所以是苦;因为苦所以是无我”——如此,以无常随观等的方式来观察,这就是这段话的意思。到这里,显示了初阶观慧的终点,也就是观的阶段。“为了厌离”,是为了厌离那称为真实的三界诸法之集,以此显示强力的观。“为了离贪”,是为了离贪、为了不染着,以此显示道。“为了灭”,是为了灭尽,这也显示道;或者表示与寂灭止息一起的无余涅槃。“诸比丘,有眼者如是见”,是说这样具足慧眼的人,以道之前分阶段的慧眼,照见四谛之法。巴利
Bhūtanti khandhapañcakaṃ. Tañhi paccayasambhūtattā paramatthato vijjamānattā ca bhūtanti vuccati. Tenāha ‘‘bhūtamidaṃ, bhikkhave, samanupassathā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.401). Bhūtato aviparītasabhāvato salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca passati. Idañhi khandhapañcakaṃ nāmarūpamattaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ime pathavīādayo dhammā rūpaṃ, ime phassādayo dhammā nāmaṃ, imāni nesaṃ lakkhaṇādīni, ime nesaṃ avijjādayo paccayā’’ti evaṃ sapaccayanāmarūpadassanavasena ceva, ‘‘sabbepime dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventi, tasmā aniccā, aniccattā dukkhā, dukkhattā anattā’’ti evaṃ aniccānupassanādivasena ca passatīti attho. Ettāvatā taruṇavipassanāpariyosānā vipassanābhūmi dassitā. Nibbidāyāti bhūtasaṅkhātassa tebhūmakadhammajātassa nibbindanatthāya, etena balavavipassanaṃ dasseti. Virāgāyāti virāgatthaṃ virajjanatthaṃ, iminā maggaṃ dasseti. Nirodhāyāti nirujjhanatthaṃ, imināpi maggameva dasseti. Nirodhāyāti vā paṭippassaddhinirodhena saddhiṃ anupādisesanibbānaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cakkhumanto passantīti evaṃ paññācakkhumanto sapubbabhāgena maggapaññācakkhunā catusaccadhammaṃ passanti.
在偈颂中,“凡见真实为真实”说的是那些圣弟子,以和观慧一起生起的道慧,把真实的五蕴当作真实、当作不颠倒的自性来看见。由此显示遍知现观。“真实之超越”显示修习现观,因为圣道超越真实,或者说通过它超越,所以称为“真实之超越”。“于如真实中解脱”是指在以不颠倒的谛为自性的涅槃中信解、决了,由此显示证现观。“由有渴爱的遍尽”是指把对有渴爱彻底舍弃、断尽,由此显示断集。巴利
Gāthāsu ye bhūtaṃ bhūtato disvāti ye ariyasāvakā bhūtaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ bhūtato aviparītasabhāvato vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya disvā. Etena pariññābhisamayaṃ dasseti. Bhūtassa ca atikkamanti bhāvanābhisamayaṃ. Ariyamaggo hi bhūtaṃ atikkamati etenāti ‘‘bhūtassa atikkamo’’ti vutto. Yathābhūteti aviparītasaccasabhāve nibbāne. Vimuccanti adhimuccanti, etena sacchikiriyābhisamayaṃ dasseti. Bhavataṇhāparikkhayāti bhavataṇhāya sabbaso khepanā samucchindanato, etena samudayappahānaṃ dasseti.
在“他,那遍知真实者”这句话里,“他”只是一个虚词。那位遍知真实者,通过超越真实的途径——也就是道,由于有渴爱的彻底灭尽,已经遍知了诸蕴,因此就信解于如实的涅槃。“于有、非有”是指对微细的和广大的存在,或者对断见等见解,已经离了渴爱、断了烦恼。比丘由于那称为取蕴的有身之非有,以未来不生起,不再来后有,唯入于不可施设的状态——这是以无余涅槃界作为说法的归结。巴利
Save bhūtapariñño soti ettha pana saveti nipātamattaṃ. So bhūtapariñño bhūtassa atikkamanūpāyena maggena bhavataṇhāparikkhayā pariññātakkhandho tato eva yathābhūte nibbāne adhimutto. Bhavābhaveti khuddake ceva mahante ca, ucchedādidassane vā vītataṇho bhinnakileso. Bhikkhu bhūtassa upādānakkhandhasaṅkhātassa attabhāvassa vibhavā, āyatiṃ anuppādā punabbhavaṃ nāgacchati, apaññattikabhāvameva gacchatīti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
这一品里,第十一经说的是轮转,第三、第四、第五经和最后一经说的是轮转与还灭,其余各经只说了还灭,应当这样理解。巴利
Iti imasmiṃ vagge ekādasame vaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ, tatiyacatutthapañcamesu pariyosānasutte ca vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ, sesesu vivaṭṭamevāti veditabbaṃ.